1 /*
2  * CDDL HEADER START
3  *
4  * The contents of this file are subject to the terms of the
5  * Common Development and Distribution License (the "License").
6  * You may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
7  *
8  * You can obtain a copy of the license at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE
9  * or http://www.opensolaris.org/os/licensing.
10  * See the License for the specific language governing permissions
11  * and limitations under the License.
12  *
13  * When distributing Covered Code, include this CDDL HEADER in each
14  * file and include the License file at usr/src/OPENSOLARIS.LICENSE.
15  * If applicable, add the following below this CDDL HEADER, with the
16  * fields enclosed by brackets "[]" replaced with your own identifying
17  * information: Portions Copyright [yyyy] [name of copyright owner]
18  *
19  * CDDL HEADER END
20  */
21 
22 /*
23  * Copyright (c) 2005, 2010, Oracle and/or its affiliates. All rights reserved.
24  * Copyright (c) 2011, 2014 by Delphix. All rights reserved.
25  * Copyright (c) 2015, Nexenta Systems, Inc.  All rights reserved.
26  * Copyright (c) 2013 Martin Matuska <mm@FreeBSD.org>. All rights reserved.
27  * Copyright (c) 2014 Spectra Logic Corporation, All rights reserved.
28  * Copyright 2013 Saso Kiselkov. All rights reserved.
29  * Copyright (c) 2014 Integros [integros.com]
30  */
31 
32 /*
33  * SPA: Storage Pool Allocator
34  *
35  * This file contains all the routines used when modifying on-disk SPA state.
36  * This includes opening, importing, destroying, exporting a pool, and syncing a
37  * pool.
38  */
39 
40 #include <sys/zfs_context.h>
41 #include <sys/fm/fs/zfs.h>
42 #include <sys/spa_impl.h>
43 #include <sys/zio.h>
44 #include <sys/zio_checksum.h>
45 #include <sys/dmu.h>
46 #include <sys/dmu_tx.h>
47 #include <sys/zap.h>
48 #include <sys/zil.h>
49 #include <sys/ddt.h>
50 #include <sys/vdev_impl.h>
51 #include <sys/metaslab.h>
52 #include <sys/metaslab_impl.h>
53 #include <sys/uberblock_impl.h>
54 #include <sys/txg.h>
55 #include <sys/avl.h>
56 #include <sys/dmu_traverse.h>
57 #include <sys/dmu_objset.h>
58 #include <sys/unique.h>
59 #include <sys/dsl_pool.h>
60 #include <sys/dsl_dataset.h>
61 #include <sys/dsl_dir.h>
62 #include <sys/dsl_prop.h>
63 #include <sys/dsl_synctask.h>
64 #include <sys/fs/zfs.h>
65 #include <sys/arc.h>
66 #include <sys/callb.h>
67 #include <sys/spa_boot.h>
68 #include <sys/zfs_ioctl.h>
69 #include <sys/dsl_scan.h>
70 #include <sys/dmu_send.h>
71 #include <sys/dsl_destroy.h>
72 #include <sys/dsl_userhold.h>
73 #include <sys/zfeature.h>
74 #include <sys/zvol.h>
75 #include <sys/trim_map.h>
76 
77 #ifdef	_KERNEL
78 #include <sys/callb.h>
79 #include <sys/cpupart.h>
80 #include <sys/zone.h>
81 #endif	/* _KERNEL */
82 
83 #include "zfs_prop.h"
84 #include "zfs_comutil.h"
85 
86 /* Check hostid on import? */
87 static int check_hostid = 1;
88 
89 /*
90  * The interval, in seconds, at which failed configuration cache file writes
91  * should be retried.
92  */
93 static int zfs_ccw_retry_interval = 300;
94 
95 SYSCTL_DECL(_vfs_zfs);
96 TUNABLE_INT("vfs.zfs.check_hostid", &check_hostid);
97 SYSCTL_INT(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, check_hostid, CTLFLAG_RWTUN, &check_hostid, 0,
98     "Check hostid on import?");
99 TUNABLE_INT("vfs.zfs.ccw_retry_interval", &zfs_ccw_retry_interval);
100 SYSCTL_INT(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, ccw_retry_interval, CTLFLAG_RW,
101     &zfs_ccw_retry_interval, 0,
102     "Configuration cache file write, retry after failure, interval (seconds)");
103 
104 typedef enum zti_modes {
105 	ZTI_MODE_FIXED,			/* value is # of threads (min 1) */
106 	ZTI_MODE_BATCH,			/* cpu-intensive; value is ignored */
107 	ZTI_MODE_NULL,			/* don't create a taskq */
108 	ZTI_NMODES
109 } zti_modes_t;
110 
111 #define	ZTI_P(n, q)	{ ZTI_MODE_FIXED, (n), (q) }
112 #define	ZTI_BATCH	{ ZTI_MODE_BATCH, 0, 1 }
113 #define	ZTI_NULL	{ ZTI_MODE_NULL, 0, 0 }
114 
115 #define	ZTI_N(n)	ZTI_P(n, 1)
116 #define	ZTI_ONE		ZTI_N(1)
117 
118 typedef struct zio_taskq_info {
119 	zti_modes_t zti_mode;
120 	uint_t zti_value;
121 	uint_t zti_count;
122 } zio_taskq_info_t;
123 
124 static const char *const zio_taskq_types[ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES] = {
125 	"issue", "issue_high", "intr", "intr_high"
126 };
127 
128 /*
129  * This table defines the taskq settings for each ZFS I/O type. When
130  * initializing a pool, we use this table to create an appropriately sized
131  * taskq. Some operations are low volume and therefore have a small, static
132  * number of threads assigned to their taskqs using the ZTI_N(#) or ZTI_ONE
133  * macros. Other operations process a large amount of data; the ZTI_BATCH
134  * macro causes us to create a taskq oriented for throughput. Some operations
135  * are so high frequency and short-lived that the taskq itself can become a a
136  * point of lock contention. The ZTI_P(#, #) macro indicates that we need an
137  * additional degree of parallelism specified by the number of threads per-
138  * taskq and the number of taskqs; when dispatching an event in this case, the
139  * particular taskq is chosen at random.
140  *
141  * The different taskq priorities are to handle the different contexts (issue
142  * and interrupt) and then to reserve threads for ZIO_PRIORITY_NOW I/Os that
143  * need to be handled with minimum delay.
144  */
145 const zio_taskq_info_t zio_taskqs[ZIO_TYPES][ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES] = {
146 	/* ISSUE	ISSUE_HIGH	INTR		INTR_HIGH */
147 	{ ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL,	ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL }, /* NULL */
148 	{ ZTI_N(8),	ZTI_NULL,	ZTI_P(12, 8),	ZTI_NULL }, /* READ */
149 	{ ZTI_BATCH,	ZTI_N(5),	ZTI_N(8),	ZTI_N(5) }, /* WRITE */
150 	{ ZTI_P(12, 8),	ZTI_NULL,	ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL }, /* FREE */
151 	{ ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL,	ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL }, /* CLAIM */
152 	{ ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL,	ZTI_ONE,	ZTI_NULL }, /* IOCTL */
153 };
154 
155 static sysevent_t *spa_event_create(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd, const char *name);
156 static void spa_event_post(sysevent_t *ev);
157 static void spa_sync_version(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx);
158 static void spa_sync_props(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx);
159 static boolean_t spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t *spa);
160 static int spa_load_impl(spa_t *spa, uint64_t, nvlist_t *config,
161     spa_load_state_t state, spa_import_type_t type, boolean_t mosconfig,
162     char **ereport);
163 static void spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t *spa);
164 
165 uint_t		zio_taskq_batch_pct = 75;	/* 1 thread per cpu in pset */
166 #ifdef PSRSET_BIND
167 id_t		zio_taskq_psrset_bind = PS_NONE;
168 #endif
169 #ifdef SYSDC
170 boolean_t	zio_taskq_sysdc = B_TRUE;	/* use SDC scheduling class */
171 uint_t		zio_taskq_basedc = 80;		/* base duty cycle */
172 #endif
173 
174 boolean_t	spa_create_process = B_TRUE;	/* no process ==> no sysdc */
175 extern int	zfs_sync_pass_deferred_free;
176 
177 /*
178  * This (illegal) pool name is used when temporarily importing a spa_t in order
179  * to get the vdev stats associated with the imported devices.
180  */
181 #define	TRYIMPORT_NAME	"$import"
182 
183 /*
184  * ==========================================================================
185  * SPA properties routines
186  * ==========================================================================
187  */
188 
189 /*
190  * Add a (source=src, propname=propval) list to an nvlist.
191  */
192 static void
spa_prop_add_list(nvlist_t * nvl,zpool_prop_t prop,char * strval,uint64_t intval,zprop_source_t src)193 spa_prop_add_list(nvlist_t *nvl, zpool_prop_t prop, char *strval,
194     uint64_t intval, zprop_source_t src)
195 {
196 	const char *propname = zpool_prop_to_name(prop);
197 	nvlist_t *propval;
198 
199 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&propval, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
200 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(propval, ZPROP_SOURCE, src) == 0);
201 
202 	if (strval != NULL)
203 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(propval, ZPROP_VALUE, strval) == 0);
204 	else
205 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(propval, ZPROP_VALUE, intval) == 0);
206 
207 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(nvl, propname, propval) == 0);
208 	nvlist_free(propval);
209 }
210 
211 /*
212  * Get property values from the spa configuration.
213  */
214 static void
spa_prop_get_config(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t ** nvp)215 spa_prop_get_config(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t **nvp)
216 {
217 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
218 	dsl_pool_t *pool = spa->spa_dsl_pool;
219 	uint64_t size, alloc, cap, version;
220 	zprop_source_t src = ZPROP_SRC_NONE;
221 	spa_config_dirent_t *dp;
222 	metaslab_class_t *mc = spa_normal_class(spa);
223 
224 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa->spa_props_lock));
225 
226 	if (rvd != NULL) {
227 		alloc = metaslab_class_get_alloc(spa_normal_class(spa));
228 		size = metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa));
229 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_NAME, spa_name(spa), 0, src);
230 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_SIZE, NULL, size, src);
231 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_ALLOCATED, NULL, alloc, src);
232 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FREE, NULL,
233 		    size - alloc, src);
234 
235 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FRAGMENTATION, NULL,
236 		    metaslab_class_fragmentation(mc), src);
237 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_EXPANDSZ, NULL,
238 		    metaslab_class_expandable_space(mc), src);
239 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY, NULL,
240 		    (spa_mode(spa) == FREAD), src);
241 
242 		cap = (size == 0) ? 0 : (alloc * 100 / size);
243 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CAPACITY, NULL, cap, src);
244 
245 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPRATIO, NULL,
246 		    ddt_get_pool_dedup_ratio(spa), src);
247 
248 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_HEALTH, NULL,
249 		    rvd->vdev_state, src);
250 
251 		version = spa_version(spa);
252 		if (version == zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION))
253 			src = ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT;
254 		else
255 			src = ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL;
256 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION, NULL, version, src);
257 	}
258 
259 	if (pool != NULL) {
260 		/*
261 		 * The $FREE directory was introduced in SPA_VERSION_DEADLISTS,
262 		 * when opening pools before this version freedir will be NULL.
263 		 */
264 		if (pool->dp_free_dir != NULL) {
265 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING, NULL,
266 			    dsl_dir_phys(pool->dp_free_dir)->dd_used_bytes,
267 			    src);
268 		} else {
269 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_FREEING,
270 			    NULL, 0, src);
271 		}
272 
273 		if (pool->dp_leak_dir != NULL) {
274 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED, NULL,
275 			    dsl_dir_phys(pool->dp_leak_dir)->dd_used_bytes,
276 			    src);
277 		} else {
278 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_LEAKED,
279 			    NULL, 0, src);
280 		}
281 	}
282 
283 	spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_GUID, NULL, spa_guid(spa), src);
284 
285 	if (spa->spa_comment != NULL) {
286 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT, spa->spa_comment,
287 		    0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
288 	}
289 
290 	if (spa->spa_root != NULL)
291 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT, spa->spa_root,
292 		    0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
293 
294 	if (spa_feature_is_enabled(spa, SPA_FEATURE_LARGE_BLOCKS)) {
295 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE, NULL,
296 		    MIN(zfs_max_recordsize, SPA_MAXBLOCKSIZE), ZPROP_SRC_NONE);
297 	} else {
298 		spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_MAXBLOCKSIZE, NULL,
299 		    SPA_OLD_MAXBLOCKSIZE, ZPROP_SRC_NONE);
300 	}
301 
302 	if ((dp = list_head(&spa->spa_config_list)) != NULL) {
303 		if (dp->scd_path == NULL) {
304 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE,
305 			    "none", 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
306 		} else if (strcmp(dp->scd_path, spa_config_path) != 0) {
307 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE,
308 			    dp->scd_path, 0, ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL);
309 		}
310 	}
311 }
312 
313 /*
314  * Get zpool property values.
315  */
316 int
spa_prop_get(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t ** nvp)317 spa_prop_get(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t **nvp)
318 {
319 	objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset;
320 	zap_cursor_t zc;
321 	zap_attribute_t za;
322 	int err;
323 
324 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(nvp, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
325 
326 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);
327 
328 	/*
329 	 * Get properties from the spa config.
330 	 */
331 	spa_prop_get_config(spa, nvp);
332 
333 	/* If no pool property object, no more prop to get. */
334 	if (mos == NULL || spa->spa_pool_props_object == 0) {
335 		mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
336 		return (0);
337 	}
338 
339 	/*
340 	 * Get properties from the MOS pool property object.
341 	 */
342 	for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, mos, spa->spa_pool_props_object);
343 	    (err = zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za)) == 0;
344 	    zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
345 		uint64_t intval = 0;
346 		char *strval = NULL;
347 		zprop_source_t src = ZPROP_SRC_DEFAULT;
348 		zpool_prop_t prop;
349 
350 		if ((prop = zpool_name_to_prop(za.za_name)) == ZPROP_INVAL)
351 			continue;
352 
353 		switch (za.za_integer_length) {
354 		case 8:
355 			/* integer property */
356 			if (za.za_first_integer !=
357 			    zpool_prop_default_numeric(prop))
358 				src = ZPROP_SRC_LOCAL;
359 
360 			if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS) {
361 				dsl_pool_t *dp;
362 				dsl_dataset_t *ds = NULL;
363 
364 				dp = spa_get_dsl(spa);
365 				dsl_pool_config_enter(dp, FTAG);
366 				if (err = dsl_dataset_hold_obj(dp,
367 				    za.za_first_integer, FTAG, &ds)) {
368 					dsl_pool_config_exit(dp, FTAG);
369 					break;
370 				}
371 
372 				strval = kmem_alloc(ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN,
373 				    KM_SLEEP);
374 				dsl_dataset_name(ds, strval);
375 				dsl_dataset_rele(ds, FTAG);
376 				dsl_pool_config_exit(dp, FTAG);
377 			} else {
378 				strval = NULL;
379 				intval = za.za_first_integer;
380 			}
381 
382 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, prop, strval, intval, src);
383 
384 			if (strval != NULL)
385 				kmem_free(strval, ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN);
386 
387 			break;
388 
389 		case 1:
390 			/* string property */
391 			strval = kmem_alloc(za.za_num_integers, KM_SLEEP);
392 			err = zap_lookup(mos, spa->spa_pool_props_object,
393 			    za.za_name, 1, za.za_num_integers, strval);
394 			if (err) {
395 				kmem_free(strval, za.za_num_integers);
396 				break;
397 			}
398 			spa_prop_add_list(*nvp, prop, strval, 0, src);
399 			kmem_free(strval, za.za_num_integers);
400 			break;
401 
402 		default:
403 			break;
404 		}
405 	}
406 	zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
407 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
408 out:
409 	if (err && err != ENOENT) {
410 		nvlist_free(*nvp);
411 		*nvp = NULL;
412 		return (err);
413 	}
414 
415 	return (0);
416 }
417 
418 /*
419  * Validate the given pool properties nvlist and modify the list
420  * for the property values to be set.
421  */
422 static int
spa_prop_validate(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * props)423 spa_prop_validate(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *props)
424 {
425 	nvpair_t *elem;
426 	int error = 0, reset_bootfs = 0;
427 	uint64_t objnum = 0;
428 	boolean_t has_feature = B_FALSE;
429 
430 	elem = NULL;
431 	while ((elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(props, elem)) != NULL) {
432 		uint64_t intval;
433 		char *strval, *slash, *check, *fname;
434 		const char *propname = nvpair_name(elem);
435 		zpool_prop_t prop = zpool_name_to_prop(propname);
436 
437 		switch (prop) {
438 		case ZPROP_INVAL:
439 			if (!zpool_prop_feature(propname)) {
440 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
441 				break;
442 			}
443 
444 			/*
445 			 * Sanitize the input.
446 			 */
447 			if (nvpair_type(elem) != DATA_TYPE_UINT64) {
448 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
449 				break;
450 			}
451 
452 			if (nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval) != 0) {
453 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
454 				break;
455 			}
456 
457 			if (intval != 0) {
458 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
459 				break;
460 			}
461 
462 			fname = strchr(propname, '@') + 1;
463 			if (zfeature_lookup_name(fname, NULL) != 0) {
464 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
465 				break;
466 			}
467 
468 			has_feature = B_TRUE;
469 			break;
470 
471 		case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION:
472 			error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
473 			if (!error &&
474 			    (intval < spa_version(spa) ||
475 			    intval > SPA_VERSION_BEFORE_FEATURES ||
476 			    has_feature))
477 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
478 			break;
479 
480 		case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION:
481 		case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE:
482 		case ZPOOL_PROP_LISTSNAPS:
483 		case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND:
484 			error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
485 			if (!error && intval > 1)
486 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
487 			break;
488 
489 		case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS:
490 			/*
491 			 * If the pool version is less than SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS,
492 			 * or the pool is still being created (version == 0),
493 			 * the bootfs property cannot be set.
494 			 */
495 			if (spa_version(spa) < SPA_VERSION_BOOTFS) {
496 				error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
497 				break;
498 			}
499 
500 			/*
501 			 * Make sure the vdev config is bootable
502 			 */
503 			if (!vdev_is_bootable(spa->spa_root_vdev)) {
504 				error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
505 				break;
506 			}
507 
508 			reset_bootfs = 1;
509 
510 			error = nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval);
511 
512 			if (!error) {
513 				objset_t *os;
514 				uint64_t propval;
515 
516 				if (strval == NULL || strval[0] == '\0') {
517 					objnum = zpool_prop_default_numeric(
518 					    ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS);
519 					break;
520 				}
521 
522 				if (error = dmu_objset_hold(strval, FTAG, &os))
523 					break;
524 
525 				/*
526 				 * Must be ZPL, and its property settings
527 				 * must be supported by GRUB (compression
528 				 * is not gzip, and large blocks are not used).
529 				 */
530 
531 				if (dmu_objset_type(os) != DMU_OST_ZFS) {
532 					error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
533 				} else if ((error =
534 				    dsl_prop_get_int_ds(dmu_objset_ds(os),
535 				    zfs_prop_to_name(ZFS_PROP_COMPRESSION),
536 				    &propval)) == 0 &&
537 				    !BOOTFS_COMPRESS_VALID(propval)) {
538 					error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
539 				} else if ((error =
540 				    dsl_prop_get_int_ds(dmu_objset_ds(os),
541 				    zfs_prop_to_name(ZFS_PROP_RECORDSIZE),
542 				    &propval)) == 0 &&
543 				    propval > SPA_OLD_MAXBLOCKSIZE) {
544 					error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
545 				} else {
546 					objnum = dmu_objset_id(os);
547 				}
548 				dmu_objset_rele(os, FTAG);
549 			}
550 			break;
551 
552 		case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE:
553 			error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
554 			if (!error && (intval < ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_WAIT ||
555 			    intval > ZIO_FAILURE_MODE_PANIC))
556 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
557 
558 			/*
559 			 * This is a special case which only occurs when
560 			 * the pool has completely failed. This allows
561 			 * the user to change the in-core failmode property
562 			 * without syncing it out to disk (I/Os might
563 			 * currently be blocked). We do this by returning
564 			 * EIO to the caller (spa_prop_set) to trick it
565 			 * into thinking we encountered a property validation
566 			 * error.
567 			 */
568 			if (!error && spa_suspended(spa)) {
569 				spa->spa_failmode = intval;
570 				error = SET_ERROR(EIO);
571 			}
572 			break;
573 
574 		case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE:
575 			if ((error = nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval)) != 0)
576 				break;
577 
578 			if (strval[0] == '\0')
579 				break;
580 
581 			if (strcmp(strval, "none") == 0)
582 				break;
583 
584 			if (strval[0] != '/') {
585 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
586 				break;
587 			}
588 
589 			slash = strrchr(strval, '/');
590 			ASSERT(slash != NULL);
591 
592 			if (slash[1] == '\0' || strcmp(slash, "/.") == 0 ||
593 			    strcmp(slash, "/..") == 0)
594 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
595 			break;
596 
597 		case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT:
598 			if ((error = nvpair_value_string(elem, &strval)) != 0)
599 				break;
600 			for (check = strval; *check != '\0'; check++) {
601 				/*
602 				 * The kernel doesn't have an easy isprint()
603 				 * check.  For this kernel check, we merely
604 				 * check ASCII apart from DEL.  Fix this if
605 				 * there is an easy-to-use kernel isprint().
606 				 */
607 				if (*check >= 0x7f) {
608 					error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
609 					break;
610 				}
611 			}
612 			if (strlen(strval) > ZPROP_MAX_COMMENT)
613 				error = E2BIG;
614 			break;
615 
616 		case ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO:
617 			if (spa_version(spa) < SPA_VERSION_DEDUP)
618 				error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
619 			else
620 				error = nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &intval);
621 			if (error == 0 &&
622 			    intval != 0 && intval < ZIO_DEDUPDITTO_MIN)
623 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
624 			break;
625 		}
626 
627 		if (error)
628 			break;
629 	}
630 
631 	if (!error && reset_bootfs) {
632 		error = nvlist_remove(props,
633 		    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS), DATA_TYPE_STRING);
634 
635 		if (!error) {
636 			error = nvlist_add_uint64(props,
637 			    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS), objnum);
638 		}
639 	}
640 
641 	return (error);
642 }
643 
644 void
spa_configfile_set(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * nvp,boolean_t need_sync)645 spa_configfile_set(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvp, boolean_t need_sync)
646 {
647 	char *cachefile;
648 	spa_config_dirent_t *dp;
649 
650 	if (nvlist_lookup_string(nvp, zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE),
651 	    &cachefile) != 0)
652 		return;
653 
654 	dp = kmem_alloc(sizeof (spa_config_dirent_t),
655 	    KM_SLEEP);
656 
657 	if (cachefile[0] == '\0')
658 		dp->scd_path = spa_strdup(spa_config_path);
659 	else if (strcmp(cachefile, "none") == 0)
660 		dp->scd_path = NULL;
661 	else
662 		dp->scd_path = spa_strdup(cachefile);
663 
664 	list_insert_head(&spa->spa_config_list, dp);
665 	if (need_sync)
666 		spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE);
667 }
668 
669 int
spa_prop_set(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * nvp)670 spa_prop_set(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvp)
671 {
672 	int error;
673 	nvpair_t *elem = NULL;
674 	boolean_t need_sync = B_FALSE;
675 
676 	if ((error = spa_prop_validate(spa, nvp)) != 0)
677 		return (error);
678 
679 	while ((elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp, elem)) != NULL) {
680 		zpool_prop_t prop = zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem));
681 
682 		if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE ||
683 		    prop == ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT ||
684 		    prop == ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY)
685 			continue;
686 
687 		if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION || prop == ZPROP_INVAL) {
688 			uint64_t ver;
689 
690 			if (prop == ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION) {
691 				VERIFY(nvpair_value_uint64(elem, &ver) == 0);
692 			} else {
693 				ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem)));
694 				ver = SPA_VERSION_FEATURES;
695 				need_sync = B_TRUE;
696 			}
697 
698 			/* Save time if the version is already set. */
699 			if (ver == spa_version(spa))
700 				continue;
701 
702 			/*
703 			 * In addition to the pool directory object, we might
704 			 * create the pool properties object, the features for
705 			 * read object, the features for write object, or the
706 			 * feature descriptions object.
707 			 */
708 			error = dsl_sync_task(spa->spa_name, NULL,
709 			    spa_sync_version, &ver,
710 			    6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED);
711 			if (error)
712 				return (error);
713 			continue;
714 		}
715 
716 		need_sync = B_TRUE;
717 		break;
718 	}
719 
720 	if (need_sync) {
721 		return (dsl_sync_task(spa->spa_name, NULL, spa_sync_props,
722 		    nvp, 6, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED));
723 	}
724 
725 	return (0);
726 }
727 
728 /*
729  * If the bootfs property value is dsobj, clear it.
730  */
731 void
spa_prop_clear_bootfs(spa_t * spa,uint64_t dsobj,dmu_tx_t * tx)732 spa_prop_clear_bootfs(spa_t *spa, uint64_t dsobj, dmu_tx_t *tx)
733 {
734 	if (spa->spa_bootfs == dsobj && spa->spa_pool_props_object != 0) {
735 		VERIFY(zap_remove(spa->spa_meta_objset,
736 		    spa->spa_pool_props_object,
737 		    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS), tx) == 0);
738 		spa->spa_bootfs = 0;
739 	}
740 }
741 
742 /*ARGSUSED*/
743 static int
spa_change_guid_check(void * arg,dmu_tx_t * tx)744 spa_change_guid_check(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
745 {
746 	uint64_t *newguid = arg;
747 	spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
748 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
749 	uint64_t vdev_state;
750 
751 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
752 	vdev_state = rvd->vdev_state;
753 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
754 
755 	if (vdev_state != VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY)
756 		return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO));
757 
758 	ASSERT3U(spa_guid(spa), !=, *newguid);
759 
760 	return (0);
761 }
762 
763 static void
spa_change_guid_sync(void * arg,dmu_tx_t * tx)764 spa_change_guid_sync(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
765 {
766 	uint64_t *newguid = arg;
767 	spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
768 	uint64_t oldguid;
769 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
770 
771 	oldguid = spa_guid(spa);
772 
773 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
774 	rvd->vdev_guid = *newguid;
775 	rvd->vdev_guid_sum += (*newguid - oldguid);
776 	vdev_config_dirty(rvd);
777 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
778 
779 	spa_history_log_internal(spa, "guid change", tx, "old=%llu new=%llu",
780 	    oldguid, *newguid);
781 }
782 
783 /*
784  * Change the GUID for the pool.  This is done so that we can later
785  * re-import a pool built from a clone of our own vdevs.  We will modify
786  * the root vdev's guid, our own pool guid, and then mark all of our
787  * vdevs dirty.  Note that we must make sure that all our vdevs are
788  * online when we do this, or else any vdevs that weren't present
789  * would be orphaned from our pool.  We are also going to issue a
790  * sysevent to update any watchers.
791  */
792 int
spa_change_guid(spa_t * spa)793 spa_change_guid(spa_t *spa)
794 {
795 	int error;
796 	uint64_t guid;
797 
798 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_vdev_top_lock);
799 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
800 	guid = spa_generate_guid(NULL);
801 
802 	error = dsl_sync_task(spa->spa_name, spa_change_guid_check,
803 	    spa_change_guid_sync, &guid, 5, ZFS_SPACE_CHECK_RESERVED);
804 
805 	if (error == 0) {
806 		spa_config_sync(spa, B_FALSE, B_TRUE);
807 		spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_REGUID);
808 	}
809 
810 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
811 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_vdev_top_lock);
812 
813 	return (error);
814 }
815 
816 /*
817  * ==========================================================================
818  * SPA state manipulation (open/create/destroy/import/export)
819  * ==========================================================================
820  */
821 
822 static int
spa_error_entry_compare(const void * a,const void * b)823 spa_error_entry_compare(const void *a, const void *b)
824 {
825 	spa_error_entry_t *sa = (spa_error_entry_t *)a;
826 	spa_error_entry_t *sb = (spa_error_entry_t *)b;
827 	int ret;
828 
829 	ret = bcmp(&sa->se_bookmark, &sb->se_bookmark,
830 	    sizeof (zbookmark_phys_t));
831 
832 	if (ret < 0)
833 		return (-1);
834 	else if (ret > 0)
835 		return (1);
836 	else
837 		return (0);
838 }
839 
840 /*
841  * Utility function which retrieves copies of the current logs and
842  * re-initializes them in the process.
843  */
844 void
spa_get_errlists(spa_t * spa,avl_tree_t * last,avl_tree_t * scrub)845 spa_get_errlists(spa_t *spa, avl_tree_t *last, avl_tree_t *scrub)
846 {
847 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa->spa_errlist_lock));
848 
849 	bcopy(&spa->spa_errlist_last, last, sizeof (avl_tree_t));
850 	bcopy(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub, scrub, sizeof (avl_tree_t));
851 
852 	avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub,
853 	    spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
854 	    offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
855 	avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_last,
856 	    spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
857 	    offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
858 }
859 
860 static void
spa_taskqs_init(spa_t * spa,zio_type_t t,zio_taskq_type_t q)861 spa_taskqs_init(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q)
862 {
863 	const zio_taskq_info_t *ztip = &zio_taskqs[t][q];
864 	enum zti_modes mode = ztip->zti_mode;
865 	uint_t value = ztip->zti_value;
866 	uint_t count = ztip->zti_count;
867 	spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q];
868 	char name[32];
869 	uint_t flags = 0;
870 	boolean_t batch = B_FALSE;
871 
872 	if (mode == ZTI_MODE_NULL) {
873 		tqs->stqs_count = 0;
874 		tqs->stqs_taskq = NULL;
875 		return;
876 	}
877 
878 	ASSERT3U(count, >, 0);
879 
880 	tqs->stqs_count = count;
881 	tqs->stqs_taskq = kmem_alloc(count * sizeof (taskq_t *), KM_SLEEP);
882 
883 	switch (mode) {
884 	case ZTI_MODE_FIXED:
885 		ASSERT3U(value, >=, 1);
886 		value = MAX(value, 1);
887 		break;
888 
889 	case ZTI_MODE_BATCH:
890 		batch = B_TRUE;
891 		flags |= TASKQ_THREADS_CPU_PCT;
892 		value = zio_taskq_batch_pct;
893 		break;
894 
895 	default:
896 		panic("unrecognized mode for %s_%s taskq (%u:%u) in "
897 		    "spa_activate()",
898 		    zio_type_name[t], zio_taskq_types[q], mode, value);
899 		break;
900 	}
901 
902 	for (uint_t i = 0; i < count; i++) {
903 		taskq_t *tq;
904 
905 		if (count > 1) {
906 			(void) snprintf(name, sizeof (name), "%s_%s_%u",
907 			    zio_type_name[t], zio_taskq_types[q], i);
908 		} else {
909 			(void) snprintf(name, sizeof (name), "%s_%s",
910 			    zio_type_name[t], zio_taskq_types[q]);
911 		}
912 
913 #ifdef SYSDC
914 		if (zio_taskq_sysdc && spa->spa_proc != &p0) {
915 			if (batch)
916 				flags |= TASKQ_DC_BATCH;
917 
918 			tq = taskq_create_sysdc(name, value, 50, INT_MAX,
919 			    spa->spa_proc, zio_taskq_basedc, flags);
920 		} else {
921 #endif
922 			pri_t pri = maxclsyspri;
923 			/*
924 			 * The write issue taskq can be extremely CPU
925 			 * intensive.  Run it at slightly lower priority
926 			 * than the other taskqs.
927 			 * FreeBSD notes:
928 			 * - numerically higher priorities are lower priorities;
929 			 * - if priorities divided by four (RQ_PPQ) are equal
930 			 *   then a difference between them is insignificant.
931 			 */
932 			if (t == ZIO_TYPE_WRITE && q == ZIO_TASKQ_ISSUE)
933 #ifdef illumos
934 				pri--;
935 #else
936 				pri += 4;
937 #endif
938 
939 			tq = taskq_create_proc(name, value, pri, 50,
940 			    INT_MAX, spa->spa_proc, flags);
941 #ifdef SYSDC
942 		}
943 #endif
944 
945 		tqs->stqs_taskq[i] = tq;
946 	}
947 }
948 
949 static void
spa_taskqs_fini(spa_t * spa,zio_type_t t,zio_taskq_type_t q)950 spa_taskqs_fini(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q)
951 {
952 	spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q];
953 
954 	if (tqs->stqs_taskq == NULL) {
955 		ASSERT0(tqs->stqs_count);
956 		return;
957 	}
958 
959 	for (uint_t i = 0; i < tqs->stqs_count; i++) {
960 		ASSERT3P(tqs->stqs_taskq[i], !=, NULL);
961 		taskq_destroy(tqs->stqs_taskq[i]);
962 	}
963 
964 	kmem_free(tqs->stqs_taskq, tqs->stqs_count * sizeof (taskq_t *));
965 	tqs->stqs_taskq = NULL;
966 }
967 
968 /*
969  * Dispatch a task to the appropriate taskq for the ZFS I/O type and priority.
970  * Note that a type may have multiple discrete taskqs to avoid lock contention
971  * on the taskq itself. In that case we choose which taskq at random by using
972  * the low bits of gethrtime().
973  */
974 void
spa_taskq_dispatch_ent(spa_t * spa,zio_type_t t,zio_taskq_type_t q,task_func_t * func,void * arg,uint_t flags,taskq_ent_t * ent)975 spa_taskq_dispatch_ent(spa_t *spa, zio_type_t t, zio_taskq_type_t q,
976     task_func_t *func, void *arg, uint_t flags, taskq_ent_t *ent)
977 {
978 	spa_taskqs_t *tqs = &spa->spa_zio_taskq[t][q];
979 	taskq_t *tq;
980 
981 	ASSERT3P(tqs->stqs_taskq, !=, NULL);
982 	ASSERT3U(tqs->stqs_count, !=, 0);
983 
984 	if (tqs->stqs_count == 1) {
985 		tq = tqs->stqs_taskq[0];
986 	} else {
987 #ifdef _KERNEL
988 		tq = tqs->stqs_taskq[cpu_ticks() % tqs->stqs_count];
989 #else
990 		tq = tqs->stqs_taskq[gethrtime() % tqs->stqs_count];
991 #endif
992 	}
993 
994 	taskq_dispatch_ent(tq, func, arg, flags, ent);
995 }
996 
997 static void
spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa_t * spa)998 spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa_t *spa)
999 {
1000 	for (int t = 0; t < ZIO_TYPES; t++) {
1001 		for (int q = 0; q < ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES; q++) {
1002 			spa_taskqs_init(spa, t, q);
1003 		}
1004 	}
1005 }
1006 
1007 #ifdef _KERNEL
1008 #ifdef SPA_PROCESS
1009 static void
spa_thread(void * arg)1010 spa_thread(void *arg)
1011 {
1012 	callb_cpr_t cprinfo;
1013 
1014 	spa_t *spa = arg;
1015 	user_t *pu = PTOU(curproc);
1016 
1017 	CALLB_CPR_INIT(&cprinfo, &spa->spa_proc_lock, callb_generic_cpr,
1018 	    spa->spa_name);
1019 
1020 	ASSERT(curproc != &p0);
1021 	(void) snprintf(pu->u_psargs, sizeof (pu->u_psargs),
1022 	    "zpool-%s", spa->spa_name);
1023 	(void) strlcpy(pu->u_comm, pu->u_psargs, sizeof (pu->u_comm));
1024 
1025 #ifdef PSRSET_BIND
1026 	/* bind this thread to the requested psrset */
1027 	if (zio_taskq_psrset_bind != PS_NONE) {
1028 		pool_lock();
1029 		mutex_enter(&cpu_lock);
1030 		mutex_enter(&pidlock);
1031 		mutex_enter(&curproc->p_lock);
1032 
1033 		if (cpupart_bind_thread(curthread, zio_taskq_psrset_bind,
1034 		    0, NULL, NULL) == 0)  {
1035 			curthread->t_bind_pset = zio_taskq_psrset_bind;
1036 		} else {
1037 			cmn_err(CE_WARN,
1038 			    "Couldn't bind process for zfs pool \"%s\" to "
1039 			    "pset %d\n", spa->spa_name, zio_taskq_psrset_bind);
1040 		}
1041 
1042 		mutex_exit(&curproc->p_lock);
1043 		mutex_exit(&pidlock);
1044 		mutex_exit(&cpu_lock);
1045 		pool_unlock();
1046 	}
1047 #endif
1048 
1049 #ifdef SYSDC
1050 	if (zio_taskq_sysdc) {
1051 		sysdc_thread_enter(curthread, 100, 0);
1052 	}
1053 #endif
1054 
1055 	spa->spa_proc = curproc;
1056 	spa->spa_did = curthread->t_did;
1057 
1058 	spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa);
1059 
1060 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1061 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_CREATED);
1062 
1063 	spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_ACTIVE;
1064 	cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_proc_cv);
1065 
1066 	CALLB_CPR_SAFE_BEGIN(&cprinfo);
1067 	while (spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_ACTIVE)
1068 		cv_wait(&spa->spa_proc_cv, &spa->spa_proc_lock);
1069 	CALLB_CPR_SAFE_END(&cprinfo, &spa->spa_proc_lock);
1070 
1071 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE);
1072 	spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_GONE;
1073 	spa->spa_proc = &p0;
1074 	cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_proc_cv);
1075 	CALLB_CPR_EXIT(&cprinfo);	/* drops spa_proc_lock */
1076 
1077 	mutex_enter(&curproc->p_lock);
1078 	lwp_exit();
1079 }
1080 #endif	/* SPA_PROCESS */
1081 #endif
1082 
1083 /*
1084  * Activate an uninitialized pool.
1085  */
1086 static void
spa_activate(spa_t * spa,int mode)1087 spa_activate(spa_t *spa, int mode)
1088 {
1089 	ASSERT(spa->spa_state == POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED);
1090 
1091 	spa->spa_state = POOL_STATE_ACTIVE;
1092 	spa->spa_mode = mode;
1093 
1094 	spa->spa_normal_class = metaslab_class_create(spa, zfs_metaslab_ops);
1095 	spa->spa_log_class = metaslab_class_create(spa, zfs_metaslab_ops);
1096 
1097 	/* Try to create a covering process */
1098 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1099 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_NONE);
1100 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc == &p0);
1101 	spa->spa_did = 0;
1102 
1103 #ifdef SPA_PROCESS
1104 	/* Only create a process if we're going to be around a while. */
1105 	if (spa_create_process && strcmp(spa->spa_name, TRYIMPORT_NAME) != 0) {
1106 		if (newproc(spa_thread, (caddr_t)spa, syscid, maxclsyspri,
1107 		    NULL, 0) == 0) {
1108 			spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_CREATED;
1109 			while (spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_CREATED) {
1110 				cv_wait(&spa->spa_proc_cv,
1111 				    &spa->spa_proc_lock);
1112 			}
1113 			ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_ACTIVE);
1114 			ASSERT(spa->spa_proc != &p0);
1115 			ASSERT(spa->spa_did != 0);
1116 		} else {
1117 #ifdef _KERNEL
1118 			cmn_err(CE_WARN,
1119 			    "Couldn't create process for zfs pool \"%s\"\n",
1120 			    spa->spa_name);
1121 #endif
1122 		}
1123 	}
1124 #endif	/* SPA_PROCESS */
1125 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1126 
1127 	/* If we didn't create a process, we need to create our taskqs. */
1128 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc == &p0);
1129 	if (spa->spa_proc == &p0) {
1130 		spa_create_zio_taskqs(spa);
1131 	}
1132 
1133 	/*
1134 	 * Start TRIM thread.
1135 	 */
1136 	trim_thread_create(spa);
1137 
1138 	list_create(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list, sizeof (vdev_t),
1139 	    offsetof(vdev_t, vdev_config_dirty_node));
1140 	list_create(&spa->spa_evicting_os_list, sizeof (objset_t),
1141 	    offsetof(objset_t, os_evicting_node));
1142 	list_create(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list, sizeof (vdev_t),
1143 	    offsetof(vdev_t, vdev_state_dirty_node));
1144 
1145 	txg_list_create(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list,
1146 	    offsetof(struct vdev, vdev_txg_node));
1147 
1148 	avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub,
1149 	    spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
1150 	    offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
1151 	avl_create(&spa->spa_errlist_last,
1152 	    spa_error_entry_compare, sizeof (spa_error_entry_t),
1153 	    offsetof(spa_error_entry_t, se_avl));
1154 }
1155 
1156 /*
1157  * Opposite of spa_activate().
1158  */
1159 static void
spa_deactivate(spa_t * spa)1160 spa_deactivate(spa_t *spa)
1161 {
1162 	ASSERT(spa->spa_sync_on == B_FALSE);
1163 	ASSERT(spa->spa_dsl_pool == NULL);
1164 	ASSERT(spa->spa_root_vdev == NULL);
1165 	ASSERT(spa->spa_async_zio_root == NULL);
1166 	ASSERT(spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED);
1167 
1168 	/*
1169 	 * Stop TRIM thread in case spa_unload() wasn't called directly
1170 	 * before spa_deactivate().
1171 	 */
1172 	trim_thread_destroy(spa);
1173 
1174 	spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
1175 
1176 	txg_list_destroy(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list);
1177 
1178 	list_destroy(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list);
1179 	list_destroy(&spa->spa_evicting_os_list);
1180 	list_destroy(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list);
1181 
1182 	for (int t = 0; t < ZIO_TYPES; t++) {
1183 		for (int q = 0; q < ZIO_TASKQ_TYPES; q++) {
1184 			spa_taskqs_fini(spa, t, q);
1185 		}
1186 	}
1187 
1188 	metaslab_class_destroy(spa->spa_normal_class);
1189 	spa->spa_normal_class = NULL;
1190 
1191 	metaslab_class_destroy(spa->spa_log_class);
1192 	spa->spa_log_class = NULL;
1193 
1194 	/*
1195 	 * If this was part of an import or the open otherwise failed, we may
1196 	 * still have errors left in the queues.  Empty them just in case.
1197 	 */
1198 	spa_errlog_drain(spa);
1199 
1200 	avl_destroy(&spa->spa_errlist_scrub);
1201 	avl_destroy(&spa->spa_errlist_last);
1202 
1203 	spa->spa_state = POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED;
1204 
1205 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1206 	if (spa->spa_proc_state != SPA_PROC_NONE) {
1207 		ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_ACTIVE);
1208 		spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE;
1209 		cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_proc_cv);
1210 		while (spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_DEACTIVATE) {
1211 			ASSERT(spa->spa_proc != &p0);
1212 			cv_wait(&spa->spa_proc_cv, &spa->spa_proc_lock);
1213 		}
1214 		ASSERT(spa->spa_proc_state == SPA_PROC_GONE);
1215 		spa->spa_proc_state = SPA_PROC_NONE;
1216 	}
1217 	ASSERT(spa->spa_proc == &p0);
1218 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_proc_lock);
1219 
1220 #ifdef SPA_PROCESS
1221 	/*
1222 	 * We want to make sure spa_thread() has actually exited the ZFS
1223 	 * module, so that the module can't be unloaded out from underneath
1224 	 * it.
1225 	 */
1226 	if (spa->spa_did != 0) {
1227 		thread_join(spa->spa_did);
1228 		spa->spa_did = 0;
1229 	}
1230 #endif	/* SPA_PROCESS */
1231 }
1232 
1233 /*
1234  * Verify a pool configuration, and construct the vdev tree appropriately.  This
1235  * will create all the necessary vdevs in the appropriate layout, with each vdev
1236  * in the CLOSED state.  This will prep the pool before open/creation/import.
1237  * All vdev validation is done by the vdev_alloc() routine.
1238  */
1239 static int
spa_config_parse(spa_t * spa,vdev_t ** vdp,nvlist_t * nv,vdev_t * parent,uint_t id,int atype)1240 spa_config_parse(spa_t *spa, vdev_t **vdp, nvlist_t *nv, vdev_t *parent,
1241     uint_t id, int atype)
1242 {
1243 	nvlist_t **child;
1244 	uint_t children;
1245 	int error;
1246 
1247 	if ((error = vdev_alloc(spa, vdp, nv, parent, id, atype)) != 0)
1248 		return (error);
1249 
1250 	if ((*vdp)->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
1251 		return (0);
1252 
1253 	error = nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nv, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN,
1254 	    &child, &children);
1255 
1256 	if (error == ENOENT)
1257 		return (0);
1258 
1259 	if (error) {
1260 		vdev_free(*vdp);
1261 		*vdp = NULL;
1262 		return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
1263 	}
1264 
1265 	for (int c = 0; c < children; c++) {
1266 		vdev_t *vd;
1267 		if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, child[c], *vdp, c,
1268 		    atype)) != 0) {
1269 			vdev_free(*vdp);
1270 			*vdp = NULL;
1271 			return (error);
1272 		}
1273 	}
1274 
1275 	ASSERT(*vdp != NULL);
1276 
1277 	return (0);
1278 }
1279 
1280 /*
1281  * Opposite of spa_load().
1282  */
1283 static void
spa_unload(spa_t * spa)1284 spa_unload(spa_t *spa)
1285 {
1286 	int i;
1287 
1288 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
1289 
1290 	/*
1291 	 * Stop TRIM thread.
1292 	 */
1293 	trim_thread_destroy(spa);
1294 
1295 	/*
1296 	 * Stop async tasks.
1297 	 */
1298 	spa_async_suspend(spa);
1299 
1300 	/*
1301 	 * Stop syncing.
1302 	 */
1303 	if (spa->spa_sync_on) {
1304 		txg_sync_stop(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
1305 		spa->spa_sync_on = B_FALSE;
1306 	}
1307 
1308 	/*
1309 	 * Wait for any outstanding async I/O to complete.
1310 	 */
1311 	if (spa->spa_async_zio_root != NULL) {
1312 		for (int i = 0; i < max_ncpus; i++)
1313 			(void) zio_wait(spa->spa_async_zio_root[i]);
1314 		kmem_free(spa->spa_async_zio_root, max_ncpus * sizeof (void *));
1315 		spa->spa_async_zio_root = NULL;
1316 	}
1317 
1318 	bpobj_close(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj);
1319 
1320 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
1321 
1322 	/*
1323 	 * Close all vdevs.
1324 	 */
1325 	if (spa->spa_root_vdev)
1326 		vdev_free(spa->spa_root_vdev);
1327 	ASSERT(spa->spa_root_vdev == NULL);
1328 
1329 	/*
1330 	 * Close the dsl pool.
1331 	 */
1332 	if (spa->spa_dsl_pool) {
1333 		dsl_pool_close(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
1334 		spa->spa_dsl_pool = NULL;
1335 		spa->spa_meta_objset = NULL;
1336 	}
1337 
1338 	ddt_unload(spa);
1339 
1340 	/*
1341 	 * Drop and purge level 2 cache
1342 	 */
1343 	spa_l2cache_drop(spa);
1344 
1345 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
1346 		vdev_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i]);
1347 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs) {
1348 		kmem_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs,
1349 		    spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1350 		spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs = NULL;
1351 	}
1352 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config) {
1353 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_config);
1354 		spa->spa_spares.sav_config = NULL;
1355 	}
1356 	spa->spa_spares.sav_count = 0;
1357 
1358 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++) {
1359 		vdev_clear_stats(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]);
1360 		vdev_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]);
1361 	}
1362 	if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs) {
1363 		kmem_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs,
1364 		    spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1365 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs = NULL;
1366 	}
1367 	if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) {
1368 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config);
1369 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config = NULL;
1370 	}
1371 	spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count = 0;
1372 
1373 	spa->spa_async_suspended = 0;
1374 
1375 	if (spa->spa_comment != NULL) {
1376 		spa_strfree(spa->spa_comment);
1377 		spa->spa_comment = NULL;
1378 	}
1379 
1380 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
1381 }
1382 
1383 /*
1384  * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active spares for
1385  * this pool.  When this is called, we have some form of basic information in
1386  * 'spa_spares.sav_config'.  We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and
1387  * then re-generate a more complete list including status information.
1388  */
1389 static void
spa_load_spares(spa_t * spa)1390 spa_load_spares(spa_t *spa)
1391 {
1392 	nvlist_t **spares;
1393 	uint_t nspares;
1394 	int i;
1395 	vdev_t *vd, *tvd;
1396 
1397 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
1398 
1399 	/*
1400 	 * First, close and free any existing spare vdevs.
1401 	 */
1402 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) {
1403 		vd = spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i];
1404 
1405 		/* Undo the call to spa_activate() below */
1406 		if ((tvd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, vd->vdev_guid,
1407 		    B_FALSE)) != NULL && tvd->vdev_isspare)
1408 			spa_spare_remove(tvd);
1409 		vdev_close(vd);
1410 		vdev_free(vd);
1411 	}
1412 
1413 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs)
1414 		kmem_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs,
1415 		    spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1416 
1417 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config == NULL)
1418 		nspares = 0;
1419 	else
1420 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
1421 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0);
1422 
1423 	spa->spa_spares.sav_count = (int)nspares;
1424 	spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs = NULL;
1425 
1426 	if (nspares == 0)
1427 		return;
1428 
1429 	/*
1430 	 * Construct the array of vdevs, opening them to get status in the
1431 	 * process.   For each spare, there is potentially two different vdev_t
1432 	 * structures associated with it: one in the list of spares (used only
1433 	 * for basic validation purposes) and one in the active vdev
1434 	 * configuration (if it's spared in).  During this phase we open and
1435 	 * validate each vdev on the spare list.  If the vdev also exists in the
1436 	 * active configuration, then we also mark this vdev as an active spare.
1437 	 */
1438 	spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs = kmem_alloc(nspares * sizeof (void *),
1439 	    KM_SLEEP);
1440 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) {
1441 		VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, spares[i], NULL, 0,
1442 		    VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE) == 0);
1443 		ASSERT(vd != NULL);
1444 
1445 		spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i] = vd;
1446 
1447 		if ((tvd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, vd->vdev_guid,
1448 		    B_FALSE)) != NULL) {
1449 			if (!tvd->vdev_isspare)
1450 				spa_spare_add(tvd);
1451 
1452 			/*
1453 			 * We only mark the spare active if we were successfully
1454 			 * able to load the vdev.  Otherwise, importing a pool
1455 			 * with a bad active spare would result in strange
1456 			 * behavior, because multiple pool would think the spare
1457 			 * is actively in use.
1458 			 *
1459 			 * There is a vulnerability here to an equally bizarre
1460 			 * circumstance, where a dead active spare is later
1461 			 * brought back to life (onlined or otherwise).  Given
1462 			 * the rarity of this scenario, and the extra complexity
1463 			 * it adds, we ignore the possibility.
1464 			 */
1465 			if (!vdev_is_dead(tvd))
1466 				spa_spare_activate(tvd);
1467 		}
1468 
1469 		vd->vdev_top = vd;
1470 		vd->vdev_aux = &spa->spa_spares;
1471 
1472 		if (vdev_open(vd) != 0)
1473 			continue;
1474 
1475 		if (vdev_validate_aux(vd) == 0)
1476 			spa_spare_add(vd);
1477 	}
1478 
1479 	/*
1480 	 * Recompute the stashed list of spares, with status information
1481 	 * this time.
1482 	 */
1483 	VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa->spa_spares.sav_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES,
1484 	    DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
1485 
1486 	spares = kmem_alloc(spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *),
1487 	    KM_SLEEP);
1488 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
1489 		spares[i] = vdev_config_generate(spa,
1490 		    spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i], B_TRUE, VDEV_CONFIG_SPARE);
1491 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
1492 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, spa->spa_spares.sav_count) == 0);
1493 	for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
1494 		nvlist_free(spares[i]);
1495 	kmem_free(spares, spa->spa_spares.sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1496 }
1497 
1498 /*
1499  * Load (or re-load) the current list of vdevs describing the active l2cache for
1500  * this pool.  When this is called, we have some form of basic information in
1501  * 'spa_l2cache.sav_config'.  We parse this into vdevs, try to open them, and
1502  * then re-generate a more complete list including status information.
1503  * Devices which are already active have their details maintained, and are
1504  * not re-opened.
1505  */
1506 static void
spa_load_l2cache(spa_t * spa)1507 spa_load_l2cache(spa_t *spa)
1508 {
1509 	nvlist_t **l2cache;
1510 	uint_t nl2cache;
1511 	int i, j, oldnvdevs;
1512 	uint64_t guid;
1513 	vdev_t *vd, **oldvdevs, **newvdevs;
1514 	spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_l2cache;
1515 
1516 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
1517 
1518 	if (sav->sav_config != NULL) {
1519 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config,
1520 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0);
1521 		newvdevs = kmem_alloc(nl2cache * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP);
1522 	} else {
1523 		nl2cache = 0;
1524 		newvdevs = NULL;
1525 	}
1526 
1527 	oldvdevs = sav->sav_vdevs;
1528 	oldnvdevs = sav->sav_count;
1529 	sav->sav_vdevs = NULL;
1530 	sav->sav_count = 0;
1531 
1532 	/*
1533 	 * Process new nvlist of vdevs.
1534 	 */
1535 	for (i = 0; i < nl2cache; i++) {
1536 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
1537 		    &guid) == 0);
1538 
1539 		newvdevs[i] = NULL;
1540 		for (j = 0; j < oldnvdevs; j++) {
1541 			vd = oldvdevs[j];
1542 			if (vd != NULL && guid == vd->vdev_guid) {
1543 				/*
1544 				 * Retain previous vdev for add/remove ops.
1545 				 */
1546 				newvdevs[i] = vd;
1547 				oldvdevs[j] = NULL;
1548 				break;
1549 			}
1550 		}
1551 
1552 		if (newvdevs[i] == NULL) {
1553 			/*
1554 			 * Create new vdev
1555 			 */
1556 			VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, l2cache[i], NULL, 0,
1557 			    VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE) == 0);
1558 			ASSERT(vd != NULL);
1559 			newvdevs[i] = vd;
1560 
1561 			/*
1562 			 * Commit this vdev as an l2cache device,
1563 			 * even if it fails to open.
1564 			 */
1565 			spa_l2cache_add(vd);
1566 
1567 			vd->vdev_top = vd;
1568 			vd->vdev_aux = sav;
1569 
1570 			spa_l2cache_activate(vd);
1571 
1572 			if (vdev_open(vd) != 0)
1573 				continue;
1574 
1575 			(void) vdev_validate_aux(vd);
1576 
1577 			if (!vdev_is_dead(vd))
1578 				l2arc_add_vdev(spa, vd);
1579 		}
1580 	}
1581 
1582 	/*
1583 	 * Purge vdevs that were dropped
1584 	 */
1585 	for (i = 0; i < oldnvdevs; i++) {
1586 		uint64_t pool;
1587 
1588 		vd = oldvdevs[i];
1589 		if (vd != NULL) {
1590 			ASSERT(vd->vdev_isl2cache);
1591 
1592 			if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd->vdev_guid, &pool) &&
1593 			    pool != 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd))
1594 				l2arc_remove_vdev(vd);
1595 			vdev_clear_stats(vd);
1596 			vdev_free(vd);
1597 		}
1598 	}
1599 
1600 	if (oldvdevs)
1601 		kmem_free(oldvdevs, oldnvdevs * sizeof (void *));
1602 
1603 	if (sav->sav_config == NULL)
1604 		goto out;
1605 
1606 	sav->sav_vdevs = newvdevs;
1607 	sav->sav_count = (int)nl2cache;
1608 
1609 	/*
1610 	 * Recompute the stashed list of l2cache devices, with status
1611 	 * information this time.
1612 	 */
1613 	VERIFY(nvlist_remove(sav->sav_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE,
1614 	    DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
1615 
1616 	l2cache = kmem_alloc(sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP);
1617 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
1618 		l2cache[i] = vdev_config_generate(spa,
1619 		    sav->sav_vdevs[i], B_TRUE, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE);
1620 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config,
1621 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, sav->sav_count) == 0);
1622 out:
1623 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
1624 		nvlist_free(l2cache[i]);
1625 	if (sav->sav_count)
1626 		kmem_free(l2cache, sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *));
1627 }
1628 
1629 static int
load_nvlist(spa_t * spa,uint64_t obj,nvlist_t ** value)1630 load_nvlist(spa_t *spa, uint64_t obj, nvlist_t **value)
1631 {
1632 	dmu_buf_t *db;
1633 	char *packed = NULL;
1634 	size_t nvsize = 0;
1635 	int error;
1636 	*value = NULL;
1637 
1638 	error = dmu_bonus_hold(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, FTAG, &db);
1639 	if (error != 0)
1640 		return (error);
1641 
1642 	nvsize = *(uint64_t *)db->db_data;
1643 	dmu_buf_rele(db, FTAG);
1644 
1645 	packed = kmem_alloc(nvsize, KM_SLEEP);
1646 	error = dmu_read(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, 0, nvsize, packed,
1647 	    DMU_READ_PREFETCH);
1648 	if (error == 0)
1649 		error = nvlist_unpack(packed, nvsize, value, 0);
1650 	kmem_free(packed, nvsize);
1651 
1652 	return (error);
1653 }
1654 
1655 /*
1656  * Checks to see if the given vdev could not be opened, in which case we post a
1657  * sysevent to notify the autoreplace code that the device has been removed.
1658  */
1659 static void
spa_check_removed(vdev_t * vd)1660 spa_check_removed(vdev_t *vd)
1661 {
1662 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
1663 		spa_check_removed(vd->vdev_child[c]);
1664 
1665 	if (vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf && vdev_is_dead(vd) &&
1666 	    !vd->vdev_ishole) {
1667 		zfs_post_autoreplace(vd->vdev_spa, vd);
1668 		spa_event_notify(vd->vdev_spa, vd, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_CHECK);
1669 	}
1670 }
1671 
1672 /*
1673  * Validate the current config against the MOS config
1674  */
1675 static boolean_t
spa_config_valid(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * config)1676 spa_config_valid(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
1677 {
1678 	vdev_t *mrvd, *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
1679 	nvlist_t *nv;
1680 
1681 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nv) == 0);
1682 
1683 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
1684 	VERIFY(spa_config_parse(spa, &mrvd, nv, NULL, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD) == 0);
1685 
1686 	ASSERT3U(rvd->vdev_children, ==, mrvd->vdev_children);
1687 
1688 	/*
1689 	 * If we're doing a normal import, then build up any additional
1690 	 * diagnostic information about missing devices in this config.
1691 	 * We'll pass this up to the user for further processing.
1692 	 */
1693 	if (!(spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_MISSING_LOG)) {
1694 		nvlist_t **child, *nv;
1695 		uint64_t idx = 0;
1696 
1697 		child = kmem_alloc(rvd->vdev_children * sizeof (nvlist_t **),
1698 		    KM_SLEEP);
1699 		VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nv, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
1700 
1701 		for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
1702 			vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
1703 			vdev_t *mtvd  = mrvd->vdev_child[c];
1704 
1705 			if (tvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_missing_ops &&
1706 			    mtvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_missing_ops &&
1707 			    mtvd->vdev_islog)
1708 				child[idx++] = vdev_config_generate(spa, mtvd,
1709 				    B_FALSE, 0);
1710 		}
1711 
1712 		if (idx) {
1713 			VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nv,
1714 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN, child, idx) == 0);
1715 			VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
1716 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_MISSING_DEVICES, nv) == 0);
1717 
1718 			for (int i = 0; i < idx; i++)
1719 				nvlist_free(child[i]);
1720 		}
1721 		nvlist_free(nv);
1722 		kmem_free(child, rvd->vdev_children * sizeof (char **));
1723 	}
1724 
1725 	/*
1726 	 * Compare the root vdev tree with the information we have
1727 	 * from the MOS config (mrvd). Check each top-level vdev
1728 	 * with the corresponding MOS config top-level (mtvd).
1729 	 */
1730 	for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
1731 		vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
1732 		vdev_t *mtvd  = mrvd->vdev_child[c];
1733 
1734 		/*
1735 		 * Resolve any "missing" vdevs in the current configuration.
1736 		 * If we find that the MOS config has more accurate information
1737 		 * about the top-level vdev then use that vdev instead.
1738 		 */
1739 		if (tvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_missing_ops &&
1740 		    mtvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_missing_ops) {
1741 
1742 			if (!(spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_MISSING_LOG))
1743 				continue;
1744 
1745 			/*
1746 			 * Device specific actions.
1747 			 */
1748 			if (mtvd->vdev_islog) {
1749 				spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
1750 			} else {
1751 				/*
1752 				 * XXX - once we have 'readonly' pool
1753 				 * support we should be able to handle
1754 				 * missing data devices by transitioning
1755 				 * the pool to readonly.
1756 				 */
1757 				continue;
1758 			}
1759 
1760 			/*
1761 			 * Swap the missing vdev with the data we were
1762 			 * able to obtain from the MOS config.
1763 			 */
1764 			vdev_remove_child(rvd, tvd);
1765 			vdev_remove_child(mrvd, mtvd);
1766 
1767 			vdev_add_child(rvd, mtvd);
1768 			vdev_add_child(mrvd, tvd);
1769 
1770 			spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
1771 			vdev_load(mtvd);
1772 			spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
1773 
1774 			vdev_reopen(rvd);
1775 		} else if (mtvd->vdev_islog) {
1776 			/*
1777 			 * Load the slog device's state from the MOS config
1778 			 * since it's possible that the label does not
1779 			 * contain the most up-to-date information.
1780 			 */
1781 			vdev_load_log_state(tvd, mtvd);
1782 			vdev_reopen(tvd);
1783 		}
1784 	}
1785 	vdev_free(mrvd);
1786 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
1787 
1788 	/*
1789 	 * Ensure we were able to validate the config.
1790 	 */
1791 	return (rvd->vdev_guid_sum == spa->spa_uberblock.ub_guid_sum);
1792 }
1793 
1794 /*
1795  * Check for missing log devices
1796  */
1797 static boolean_t
spa_check_logs(spa_t * spa)1798 spa_check_logs(spa_t *spa)
1799 {
1800 	boolean_t rv = B_FALSE;
1801 	dsl_pool_t *dp = spa_get_dsl(spa);
1802 
1803 	switch (spa->spa_log_state) {
1804 	case SPA_LOG_MISSING:
1805 		/* need to recheck in case slog has been restored */
1806 	case SPA_LOG_UNKNOWN:
1807 		rv = (dmu_objset_find_dp(dp, dp->dp_root_dir_obj,
1808 		    zil_check_log_chain, NULL, DS_FIND_CHILDREN) != 0);
1809 		if (rv)
1810 			spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_MISSING);
1811 		break;
1812 	}
1813 	return (rv);
1814 }
1815 
1816 static boolean_t
spa_passivate_log(spa_t * spa)1817 spa_passivate_log(spa_t *spa)
1818 {
1819 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
1820 	boolean_t slog_found = B_FALSE;
1821 
1822 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALLOC, RW_WRITER));
1823 
1824 	if (!spa_has_slogs(spa))
1825 		return (B_FALSE);
1826 
1827 	for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
1828 		vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
1829 		metaslab_group_t *mg = tvd->vdev_mg;
1830 
1831 		if (tvd->vdev_islog) {
1832 			metaslab_group_passivate(mg);
1833 			slog_found = B_TRUE;
1834 		}
1835 	}
1836 
1837 	return (slog_found);
1838 }
1839 
1840 static void
spa_activate_log(spa_t * spa)1841 spa_activate_log(spa_t *spa)
1842 {
1843 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
1844 
1845 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALLOC, RW_WRITER));
1846 
1847 	for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
1848 		vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
1849 		metaslab_group_t *mg = tvd->vdev_mg;
1850 
1851 		if (tvd->vdev_islog)
1852 			metaslab_group_activate(mg);
1853 	}
1854 }
1855 
1856 int
spa_offline_log(spa_t * spa)1857 spa_offline_log(spa_t *spa)
1858 {
1859 	int error;
1860 
1861 	error = dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa), zil_vdev_offline,
1862 	    NULL, DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
1863 	if (error == 0) {
1864 		/*
1865 		 * We successfully offlined the log device, sync out the
1866 		 * current txg so that the "stubby" block can be removed
1867 		 * by zil_sync().
1868 		 */
1869 		txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0);
1870 	}
1871 	return (error);
1872 }
1873 
1874 static void
spa_aux_check_removed(spa_aux_vdev_t * sav)1875 spa_aux_check_removed(spa_aux_vdev_t *sav)
1876 {
1877 	int i;
1878 
1879 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
1880 		spa_check_removed(sav->sav_vdevs[i]);
1881 }
1882 
1883 void
spa_claim_notify(zio_t * zio)1884 spa_claim_notify(zio_t *zio)
1885 {
1886 	spa_t *spa = zio->io_spa;
1887 
1888 	if (zio->io_error)
1889 		return;
1890 
1891 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);	/* any mutex will do */
1892 	if (spa->spa_claim_max_txg < zio->io_bp->blk_birth)
1893 		spa->spa_claim_max_txg = zio->io_bp->blk_birth;
1894 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
1895 }
1896 
1897 typedef struct spa_load_error {
1898 	uint64_t	sle_meta_count;
1899 	uint64_t	sle_data_count;
1900 } spa_load_error_t;
1901 
1902 static void
spa_load_verify_done(zio_t * zio)1903 spa_load_verify_done(zio_t *zio)
1904 {
1905 	blkptr_t *bp = zio->io_bp;
1906 	spa_load_error_t *sle = zio->io_private;
1907 	dmu_object_type_t type = BP_GET_TYPE(bp);
1908 	int error = zio->io_error;
1909 	spa_t *spa = zio->io_spa;
1910 
1911 	if (error) {
1912 		if ((BP_GET_LEVEL(bp) != 0 || DMU_OT_IS_METADATA(type)) &&
1913 		    type != DMU_OT_INTENT_LOG)
1914 			atomic_inc_64(&sle->sle_meta_count);
1915 		else
1916 			atomic_inc_64(&sle->sle_data_count);
1917 	}
1918 	zio_data_buf_free(zio->io_data, zio->io_size);
1919 
1920 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
1921 	spa->spa_scrub_inflight--;
1922 	cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_scrub_io_cv);
1923 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
1924 }
1925 
1926 /*
1927  * Maximum number of concurrent scrub i/os to create while verifying
1928  * a pool while importing it.
1929  */
1930 int spa_load_verify_maxinflight = 10000;
1931 boolean_t spa_load_verify_metadata = B_TRUE;
1932 boolean_t spa_load_verify_data = B_TRUE;
1933 
1934 SYSCTL_INT(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, spa_load_verify_maxinflight, CTLFLAG_RWTUN,
1935     &spa_load_verify_maxinflight, 0,
1936     "Maximum number of concurrent scrub I/Os to create while verifying a "
1937     "pool while importing it");
1938 
1939 SYSCTL_INT(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, spa_load_verify_metadata, CTLFLAG_RWTUN,
1940     &spa_load_verify_metadata, 0,
1941     "Check metadata on import?");
1942 
1943 SYSCTL_INT(_vfs_zfs, OID_AUTO, spa_load_verify_data, CTLFLAG_RWTUN,
1944     &spa_load_verify_data, 0,
1945     "Check user data on import?");
1946 
1947 /*ARGSUSED*/
1948 static int
spa_load_verify_cb(spa_t * spa,zilog_t * zilog,const blkptr_t * bp,const zbookmark_phys_t * zb,const dnode_phys_t * dnp,void * arg)1949 spa_load_verify_cb(spa_t *spa, zilog_t *zilog, const blkptr_t *bp,
1950     const zbookmark_phys_t *zb, const dnode_phys_t *dnp, void *arg)
1951 {
1952 	if (bp == NULL || BP_IS_HOLE(bp) || BP_IS_EMBEDDED(bp))
1953 		return (0);
1954 	/*
1955 	 * Note: normally this routine will not be called if
1956 	 * spa_load_verify_metadata is not set.  However, it may be useful
1957 	 * to manually set the flag after the traversal has begun.
1958 	 */
1959 	if (!spa_load_verify_metadata)
1960 		return (0);
1961 	if (BP_GET_BUFC_TYPE(bp) == ARC_BUFC_DATA && !spa_load_verify_data)
1962 		return (0);
1963 
1964 	zio_t *rio = arg;
1965 	size_t size = BP_GET_PSIZE(bp);
1966 	void *data = zio_data_buf_alloc(size);
1967 
1968 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
1969 	while (spa->spa_scrub_inflight >= spa_load_verify_maxinflight)
1970 		cv_wait(&spa->spa_scrub_io_cv, &spa->spa_scrub_lock);
1971 	spa->spa_scrub_inflight++;
1972 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_scrub_lock);
1973 
1974 	zio_nowait(zio_read(rio, spa, bp, data, size,
1975 	    spa_load_verify_done, rio->io_private, ZIO_PRIORITY_SCRUB,
1976 	    ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE | ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL |
1977 	    ZIO_FLAG_SCRUB | ZIO_FLAG_RAW, zb));
1978 	return (0);
1979 }
1980 
1981 /* ARGSUSED */
1982 int
verify_dataset_name_len(dsl_pool_t * dp,dsl_dataset_t * ds,void * arg)1983 verify_dataset_name_len(dsl_pool_t *dp, dsl_dataset_t *ds, void *arg)
1984 {
1985 	if (dsl_dataset_namelen(ds) >= ZFS_MAX_DATASET_NAME_LEN)
1986 		return (SET_ERROR(ENAMETOOLONG));
1987 
1988 	return (0);
1989 }
1990 
1991 static int
spa_load_verify(spa_t * spa)1992 spa_load_verify(spa_t *spa)
1993 {
1994 	zio_t *rio;
1995 	spa_load_error_t sle = { 0 };
1996 	zpool_rewind_policy_t policy;
1997 	boolean_t verify_ok = B_FALSE;
1998 	int error = 0;
1999 
2000 	zpool_get_rewind_policy(spa->spa_config, &policy);
2001 
2002 	if (policy.zrp_request & ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND)
2003 		return (0);
2004 
2005 	dsl_pool_config_enter(spa->spa_dsl_pool, FTAG);
2006 	error = dmu_objset_find_dp(spa->spa_dsl_pool,
2007 	    spa->spa_dsl_pool->dp_root_dir_obj, verify_dataset_name_len, NULL,
2008 	    DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
2009 	dsl_pool_config_exit(spa->spa_dsl_pool, FTAG);
2010 	if (error != 0)
2011 		return (error);
2012 
2013 	rio = zio_root(spa, NULL, &sle,
2014 	    ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE);
2015 
2016 	if (spa_load_verify_metadata) {
2017 		error = traverse_pool(spa, spa->spa_verify_min_txg,
2018 		    TRAVERSE_PRE | TRAVERSE_PREFETCH_METADATA,
2019 		    spa_load_verify_cb, rio);
2020 	}
2021 
2022 	(void) zio_wait(rio);
2023 
2024 	spa->spa_load_meta_errors = sle.sle_meta_count;
2025 	spa->spa_load_data_errors = sle.sle_data_count;
2026 
2027 	if (!error && sle.sle_meta_count <= policy.zrp_maxmeta &&
2028 	    sle.sle_data_count <= policy.zrp_maxdata) {
2029 		int64_t loss = 0;
2030 
2031 		verify_ok = B_TRUE;
2032 		spa->spa_load_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg;
2033 		spa->spa_load_txg_ts = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_timestamp;
2034 
2035 		loss = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts - spa->spa_load_txg_ts;
2036 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
2037 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_TIME, spa->spa_load_txg_ts) == 0);
2038 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_int64(spa->spa_load_info,
2039 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_TIME, loss) == 0);
2040 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(spa->spa_load_info,
2041 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_DATA_ERRORS, sle.sle_data_count) == 0);
2042 	} else {
2043 		spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg;
2044 	}
2045 
2046 	if (error) {
2047 		if (error != ENXIO && error != EIO)
2048 			error = SET_ERROR(EIO);
2049 		return (error);
2050 	}
2051 
2052 	return (verify_ok ? 0 : EIO);
2053 }
2054 
2055 /*
2056  * Find a value in the pool props object.
2057  */
2058 static void
spa_prop_find(spa_t * spa,zpool_prop_t prop,uint64_t * val)2059 spa_prop_find(spa_t *spa, zpool_prop_t prop, uint64_t *val)
2060 {
2061 	(void) zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, spa->spa_pool_props_object,
2062 	    zpool_prop_to_name(prop), sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val);
2063 }
2064 
2065 /*
2066  * Find a value in the pool directory object.
2067  */
2068 static int
spa_dir_prop(spa_t * spa,const char * name,uint64_t * val)2069 spa_dir_prop(spa_t *spa, const char *name, uint64_t *val)
2070 {
2071 	return (zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
2072 	    name, sizeof (uint64_t), 1, val));
2073 }
2074 
2075 static int
spa_vdev_err(vdev_t * vdev,vdev_aux_t aux,int err)2076 spa_vdev_err(vdev_t *vdev, vdev_aux_t aux, int err)
2077 {
2078 	vdev_set_state(vdev, B_TRUE, VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN, aux);
2079 	return (err);
2080 }
2081 
2082 /*
2083  * Fix up config after a partly-completed split.  This is done with the
2084  * ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT nvlist.  Both the splitting pool and the split-off
2085  * pool have that entry in their config, but only the splitting one contains
2086  * a list of all the guids of the vdevs that are being split off.
2087  *
2088  * This function determines what to do with that list: either rejoin
2089  * all the disks to the pool, or complete the splitting process.  To attempt
2090  * the rejoin, each disk that is offlined is marked online again, and
2091  * we do a reopen() call.  If the vdev label for every disk that was
2092  * marked online indicates it was successfully split off (VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL)
2093  * then we call vdev_split() on each disk, and complete the split.
2094  *
2095  * Otherwise we leave the config alone, with all the vdevs in place in
2096  * the original pool.
2097  */
2098 static void
spa_try_repair(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * config)2099 spa_try_repair(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
2100 {
2101 	uint_t extracted;
2102 	uint64_t *glist;
2103 	uint_t i, gcount;
2104 	nvlist_t *nvl;
2105 	vdev_t **vd;
2106 	boolean_t attempt_reopen;
2107 
2108 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT, &nvl) != 0)
2109 		return;
2110 
2111 	/* check that the config is complete */
2112 	if (nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST,
2113 	    &glist, &gcount) != 0)
2114 		return;
2115 
2116 	vd = kmem_zalloc(gcount * sizeof (vdev_t *), KM_SLEEP);
2117 
2118 	/* attempt to online all the vdevs & validate */
2119 	attempt_reopen = B_TRUE;
2120 	for (i = 0; i < gcount; i++) {
2121 		if (glist[i] == 0)	/* vdev is hole */
2122 			continue;
2123 
2124 		vd[i] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, glist[i], B_FALSE);
2125 		if (vd[i] == NULL) {
2126 			/*
2127 			 * Don't bother attempting to reopen the disks;
2128 			 * just do the split.
2129 			 */
2130 			attempt_reopen = B_FALSE;
2131 		} else {
2132 			/* attempt to re-online it */
2133 			vd[i]->vdev_offline = B_FALSE;
2134 		}
2135 	}
2136 
2137 	if (attempt_reopen) {
2138 		vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
2139 
2140 		/* check each device to see what state it's in */
2141 		for (extracted = 0, i = 0; i < gcount; i++) {
2142 			if (vd[i] != NULL &&
2143 			    vd[i]->vdev_stat.vs_aux != VDEV_AUX_SPLIT_POOL)
2144 				break;
2145 			++extracted;
2146 		}
2147 	}
2148 
2149 	/*
2150 	 * If every disk has been moved to the new pool, or if we never
2151 	 * even attempted to look at them, then we split them off for
2152 	 * good.
2153 	 */
2154 	if (!attempt_reopen || gcount == extracted) {
2155 		for (i = 0; i < gcount; i++)
2156 			if (vd[i] != NULL)
2157 				vdev_split(vd[i]);
2158 		vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
2159 	}
2160 
2161 	kmem_free(vd, gcount * sizeof (vdev_t *));
2162 }
2163 
2164 static int
spa_load(spa_t * spa,spa_load_state_t state,spa_import_type_t type,boolean_t mosconfig)2165 spa_load(spa_t *spa, spa_load_state_t state, spa_import_type_t type,
2166     boolean_t mosconfig)
2167 {
2168 	nvlist_t *config = spa->spa_config;
2169 	char *ereport = FM_EREPORT_ZFS_POOL;
2170 	char *comment;
2171 	int error;
2172 	uint64_t pool_guid;
2173 	nvlist_t *nvl;
2174 
2175 	if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID, &pool_guid))
2176 		return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
2177 
2178 	ASSERT(spa->spa_comment == NULL);
2179 	if (nvlist_lookup_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_COMMENT, &comment) == 0)
2180 		spa->spa_comment = spa_strdup(comment);
2181 
2182 	/*
2183 	 * Versioning wasn't explicitly added to the label until later, so if
2184 	 * it's not present treat it as the initial version.
2185 	 */
2186 	if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
2187 	    &spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version) != 0)
2188 		spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version = SPA_VERSION_INITIAL;
2189 
2190 	(void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG,
2191 	    &spa->spa_config_txg);
2192 
2193 	if ((state == SPA_LOAD_IMPORT || state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) &&
2194 	    spa_guid_exists(pool_guid, 0)) {
2195 		error = SET_ERROR(EEXIST);
2196 	} else {
2197 		spa->spa_config_guid = pool_guid;
2198 
2199 		if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT,
2200 		    &nvl) == 0) {
2201 			VERIFY(nvlist_dup(nvl, &spa->spa_config_splitting,
2202 			    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
2203 		}
2204 
2205 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_load_info);
2206 		spa->spa_load_info = fnvlist_alloc();
2207 
2208 		gethrestime(&spa->spa_loaded_ts);
2209 		error = spa_load_impl(spa, pool_guid, config, state, type,
2210 		    mosconfig, &ereport);
2211 	}
2212 
2213 	/*
2214 	 * Don't count references from objsets that are already closed
2215 	 * and are making their way through the eviction process.
2216 	 */
2217 	spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
2218 	spa->spa_minref = refcount_count(&spa->spa_refcount);
2219 	if (error) {
2220 		if (error != EEXIST) {
2221 			spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_sec = 0;
2222 			spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_nsec = 0;
2223 		}
2224 		if (error != EBADF) {
2225 			zfs_ereport_post(ereport, spa, NULL, NULL, 0, 0);
2226 		}
2227 	}
2228 	spa->spa_load_state = error ? SPA_LOAD_ERROR : SPA_LOAD_NONE;
2229 	spa->spa_ena = 0;
2230 
2231 	return (error);
2232 }
2233 
2234 /*
2235  * Load an existing storage pool, using the pool's builtin spa_config as a
2236  * source of configuration information.
2237  */
2238 static int
spa_load_impl(spa_t * spa,uint64_t pool_guid,nvlist_t * config,spa_load_state_t state,spa_import_type_t type,boolean_t mosconfig,char ** ereport)2239 spa_load_impl(spa_t *spa, uint64_t pool_guid, nvlist_t *config,
2240     spa_load_state_t state, spa_import_type_t type, boolean_t mosconfig,
2241     char **ereport)
2242 {
2243 	int error = 0;
2244 	nvlist_t *nvroot = NULL;
2245 	nvlist_t *label;
2246 	vdev_t *rvd;
2247 	uberblock_t *ub = &spa->spa_uberblock;
2248 	uint64_t children, config_cache_txg = spa->spa_config_txg;
2249 	int orig_mode = spa->spa_mode;
2250 	int parse;
2251 	uint64_t obj;
2252 	boolean_t missing_feat_write = B_FALSE;
2253 
2254 	/*
2255 	 * If this is an untrusted config, access the pool in read-only mode.
2256 	 * This prevents things like resilvering recently removed devices.
2257 	 */
2258 	if (!mosconfig)
2259 		spa->spa_mode = FREAD;
2260 
2261 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
2262 
2263 	spa->spa_load_state = state;
2264 
2265 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvroot))
2266 		return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
2267 
2268 	parse = (type == SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING ?
2269 	    VDEV_ALLOC_LOAD : VDEV_ALLOC_SPLIT);
2270 
2271 	/*
2272 	 * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs
2273 	 */
2274 	spa->spa_async_zio_root = kmem_alloc(max_ncpus * sizeof (void *),
2275 	    KM_SLEEP);
2276 	for (int i = 0; i < max_ncpus; i++) {
2277 		spa->spa_async_zio_root[i] = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL,
2278 		    ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE |
2279 		    ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER);
2280 	}
2281 
2282 	/*
2283 	 * Parse the configuration into a vdev tree.  We explicitly set the
2284 	 * value that will be returned by spa_version() since parsing the
2285 	 * configuration requires knowing the version number.
2286 	 */
2287 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2288 	error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvroot, NULL, 0, parse);
2289 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2290 
2291 	if (error != 0)
2292 		return (error);
2293 
2294 	ASSERT(spa->spa_root_vdev == rvd);
2295 	ASSERT3U(spa->spa_min_ashift, >=, SPA_MINBLOCKSHIFT);
2296 	ASSERT3U(spa->spa_max_ashift, <=, SPA_MAXBLOCKSHIFT);
2297 
2298 	if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
2299 		ASSERT(spa_guid(spa) == pool_guid);
2300 	}
2301 
2302 	/*
2303 	 * Try to open all vdevs, loading each label in the process.
2304 	 */
2305 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2306 	error = vdev_open(rvd);
2307 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2308 	if (error != 0)
2309 		return (error);
2310 
2311 	/*
2312 	 * We need to validate the vdev labels against the configuration that
2313 	 * we have in hand, which is dependent on the setting of mosconfig. If
2314 	 * mosconfig is true then we're validating the vdev labels based on
2315 	 * that config.  Otherwise, we're validating against the cached config
2316 	 * (zpool.cache) that was read when we loaded the zfs module, and then
2317 	 * later we will recursively call spa_load() and validate against
2318 	 * the vdev config.
2319 	 *
2320 	 * If we're assembling a new pool that's been split off from an
2321 	 * existing pool, the labels haven't yet been updated so we skip
2322 	 * validation for now.
2323 	 */
2324 	if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
2325 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2326 		error = vdev_validate(rvd, mosconfig);
2327 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2328 
2329 		if (error != 0)
2330 			return (error);
2331 
2332 		if (rvd->vdev_state <= VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN)
2333 			return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO));
2334 	}
2335 
2336 	/*
2337 	 * Find the best uberblock.
2338 	 */
2339 	vdev_uberblock_load(rvd, ub, &label);
2340 
2341 	/*
2342 	 * If we weren't able to find a single valid uberblock, return failure.
2343 	 */
2344 	if (ub->ub_txg == 0) {
2345 		nvlist_free(label);
2346 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, ENXIO));
2347 	}
2348 
2349 	/*
2350 	 * If the pool has an unsupported version we can't open it.
2351 	 */
2352 	if (!SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(ub->ub_version)) {
2353 		nvlist_free(label);
2354 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_VERSION_NEWER, ENOTSUP));
2355 	}
2356 
2357 	if (ub->ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
2358 		nvlist_t *features;
2359 
2360 		/*
2361 		 * If we weren't able to find what's necessary for reading the
2362 		 * MOS in the label, return failure.
2363 		 */
2364 		if (label == NULL || nvlist_lookup_nvlist(label,
2365 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURES_FOR_READ, &features) != 0) {
2366 			nvlist_free(label);
2367 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA,
2368 			    ENXIO));
2369 		}
2370 
2371 		/*
2372 		 * Update our in-core representation with the definitive values
2373 		 * from the label.
2374 		 */
2375 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_label_features);
2376 		VERIFY(nvlist_dup(features, &spa->spa_label_features, 0) == 0);
2377 	}
2378 
2379 	nvlist_free(label);
2380 
2381 	/*
2382 	 * Look through entries in the label nvlist's features_for_read. If
2383 	 * there is a feature listed there which we don't understand then we
2384 	 * cannot open a pool.
2385 	 */
2386 	if (ub->ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
2387 		nvlist_t *unsup_feat;
2388 
2389 		VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&unsup_feat, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) ==
2390 		    0);
2391 
2392 		for (nvpair_t *nvp = nvlist_next_nvpair(spa->spa_label_features,
2393 		    NULL); nvp != NULL;
2394 		    nvp = nvlist_next_nvpair(spa->spa_label_features, nvp)) {
2395 			if (!zfeature_is_supported(nvpair_name(nvp))) {
2396 				VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(unsup_feat,
2397 				    nvpair_name(nvp), "") == 0);
2398 			}
2399 		}
2400 
2401 		if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat)) {
2402 			VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
2403 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT, unsup_feat) == 0);
2404 			nvlist_free(unsup_feat);
2405 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT,
2406 			    ENOTSUP));
2407 		}
2408 
2409 		nvlist_free(unsup_feat);
2410 	}
2411 
2412 	/*
2413 	 * If the vdev guid sum doesn't match the uberblock, we have an
2414 	 * incomplete configuration.  We first check to see if the pool
2415 	 * is aware of the complete config (i.e ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_CHILDREN).
2416 	 * If it is, defer the vdev_guid_sum check till later so we
2417 	 * can handle missing vdevs.
2418 	 */
2419 	if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_CHILDREN,
2420 	    &children) != 0 && mosconfig && type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE &&
2421 	    rvd->vdev_guid_sum != ub->ub_guid_sum)
2422 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM, ENXIO));
2423 
2424 	if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE && spa->spa_config_splitting) {
2425 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2426 		spa_try_repair(spa, config);
2427 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2428 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_splitting);
2429 		spa->spa_config_splitting = NULL;
2430 	}
2431 
2432 	/*
2433 	 * Initialize internal SPA structures.
2434 	 */
2435 	spa->spa_state = POOL_STATE_ACTIVE;
2436 	spa->spa_ubsync = spa->spa_uberblock;
2437 	spa->spa_verify_min_txg = spa->spa_extreme_rewind ?
2438 	    TXG_INITIAL - 1 : spa_last_synced_txg(spa) - TXG_DEFER_SIZE - 1;
2439 	spa->spa_first_txg = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg ?
2440 	    spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg : spa_last_synced_txg(spa) + 1;
2441 	spa->spa_claim_max_txg = spa->spa_first_txg;
2442 	spa->spa_prev_software_version = ub->ub_software_version;
2443 
2444 	error = dsl_pool_init(spa, spa->spa_first_txg, &spa->spa_dsl_pool);
2445 	if (error)
2446 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2447 	spa->spa_meta_objset = spa->spa_dsl_pool->dp_meta_objset;
2448 
2449 	if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_CONFIG, &spa->spa_config_object) != 0)
2450 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2451 
2452 	if (spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
2453 		boolean_t missing_feat_read = B_FALSE;
2454 		nvlist_t *unsup_feat, *enabled_feat;
2455 
2456 		if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_READ,
2457 		    &spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj) != 0) {
2458 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2459 		}
2460 
2461 		if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURES_FOR_WRITE,
2462 		    &spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj) != 0) {
2463 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2464 		}
2465 
2466 		if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_DESCRIPTIONS,
2467 		    &spa->spa_feat_desc_obj) != 0) {
2468 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2469 		}
2470 
2471 		enabled_feat = fnvlist_alloc();
2472 		unsup_feat = fnvlist_alloc();
2473 
2474 		if (!spa_features_check(spa, B_FALSE,
2475 		    unsup_feat, enabled_feat))
2476 			missing_feat_read = B_TRUE;
2477 
2478 		if (spa_writeable(spa) || state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) {
2479 			if (!spa_features_check(spa, B_TRUE,
2480 			    unsup_feat, enabled_feat)) {
2481 				missing_feat_write = B_TRUE;
2482 			}
2483 		}
2484 
2485 		fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
2486 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_ENABLED_FEAT, enabled_feat);
2487 
2488 		if (!nvlist_empty(unsup_feat)) {
2489 			fnvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_load_info,
2490 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_UNSUP_FEAT, unsup_feat);
2491 		}
2492 
2493 		fnvlist_free(enabled_feat);
2494 		fnvlist_free(unsup_feat);
2495 
2496 		if (!missing_feat_read) {
2497 			fnvlist_add_boolean(spa->spa_load_info,
2498 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_CAN_RDONLY);
2499 		}
2500 
2501 		/*
2502 		 * If the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT, our objective is
2503 		 * twofold: to determine whether the pool is available for
2504 		 * import in read-write mode and (if it is not) whether the
2505 		 * pool is available for import in read-only mode. If the pool
2506 		 * is available for import in read-write mode, it is displayed
2507 		 * as available in userland; if it is not available for import
2508 		 * in read-only mode, it is displayed as unavailable in
2509 		 * userland. If the pool is available for import in read-only
2510 		 * mode but not read-write mode, it is displayed as unavailable
2511 		 * in userland with a special note that the pool is actually
2512 		 * available for open in read-only mode.
2513 		 *
2514 		 * As a result, if the state is SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT and we are
2515 		 * missing a feature for write, we must first determine whether
2516 		 * the pool can be opened read-only before returning to
2517 		 * userland in order to know whether to display the
2518 		 * abovementioned note.
2519 		 */
2520 		if (missing_feat_read || (missing_feat_write &&
2521 		    spa_writeable(spa))) {
2522 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT,
2523 			    ENOTSUP));
2524 		}
2525 
2526 		/*
2527 		 * Load refcounts for ZFS features from disk into an in-memory
2528 		 * cache during SPA initialization.
2529 		 */
2530 		for (spa_feature_t i = 0; i < SPA_FEATURES; i++) {
2531 			uint64_t refcount;
2532 
2533 			error = feature_get_refcount_from_disk(spa,
2534 			    &spa_feature_table[i], &refcount);
2535 			if (error == 0) {
2536 				spa->spa_feat_refcount_cache[i] = refcount;
2537 			} else if (error == ENOTSUP) {
2538 				spa->spa_feat_refcount_cache[i] =
2539 				    SPA_FEATURE_DISABLED;
2540 			} else {
2541 				return (spa_vdev_err(rvd,
2542 				    VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2543 			}
2544 		}
2545 	}
2546 
2547 	if (spa_feature_is_active(spa, SPA_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG)) {
2548 		if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_FEATURE_ENABLED_TXG,
2549 		    &spa->spa_feat_enabled_txg_obj) != 0)
2550 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2551 	}
2552 
2553 	spa->spa_is_initializing = B_TRUE;
2554 	error = dsl_pool_open(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
2555 	spa->spa_is_initializing = B_FALSE;
2556 	if (error != 0)
2557 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2558 
2559 	if (!mosconfig) {
2560 		uint64_t hostid;
2561 		nvlist_t *policy = NULL, *nvconfig;
2562 
2563 		if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, &nvconfig) != 0)
2564 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2565 
2566 		if (!spa_is_root(spa) && nvlist_lookup_uint64(nvconfig,
2567 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTID, &hostid) == 0) {
2568 			char *hostname;
2569 			unsigned long myhostid = 0;
2570 
2571 			VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_string(nvconfig,
2572 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOSTNAME, &hostname) == 0);
2573 
2574 #ifdef	_KERNEL
2575 			myhostid = zone_get_hostid(NULL);
2576 #else	/* _KERNEL */
2577 			/*
2578 			 * We're emulating the system's hostid in userland, so
2579 			 * we can't use zone_get_hostid().
2580 			 */
2581 			(void) ddi_strtoul(hw_serial, NULL, 10, &myhostid);
2582 #endif	/* _KERNEL */
2583 			if (check_hostid && hostid != 0 && myhostid != 0 &&
2584 			    hostid != myhostid) {
2585 				nvlist_free(nvconfig);
2586 				cmn_err(CE_WARN, "pool '%s' could not be "
2587 				    "loaded as it was last accessed by "
2588 				    "another system (host: %s hostid: 0x%lx). "
2589 				    "See: http://illumos.org/msg/ZFS-8000-EY",
2590 				    spa_name(spa), hostname,
2591 				    (unsigned long)hostid);
2592 				return (SET_ERROR(EBADF));
2593 			}
2594 		}
2595 		if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(spa->spa_config,
2596 		    ZPOOL_REWIND_POLICY, &policy) == 0)
2597 			VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(nvconfig,
2598 			    ZPOOL_REWIND_POLICY, policy) == 0);
2599 
2600 		spa_config_set(spa, nvconfig);
2601 		spa_unload(spa);
2602 		spa_deactivate(spa);
2603 		spa_activate(spa, orig_mode);
2604 
2605 		return (spa_load(spa, state, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING, B_TRUE));
2606 	}
2607 
2608 	/* Grab the secret checksum salt from the MOS. */
2609 	error = zap_lookup(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
2610 	    DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT, 1,
2611 	    sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes),
2612 	    spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes);
2613 	if (error == ENOENT) {
2614 		/* Generate a new salt for subsequent use */
2615 		(void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes,
2616 		    sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes));
2617 	} else if (error != 0) {
2618 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2619 	}
2620 
2621 	if (spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ, &obj) != 0)
2622 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2623 	error = bpobj_open(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj, spa->spa_meta_objset, obj);
2624 	if (error != 0)
2625 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2626 
2627 	/*
2628 	 * Load the bit that tells us to use the new accounting function
2629 	 * (raid-z deflation).  If we have an older pool, this will not
2630 	 * be present.
2631 	 */
2632 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE, &spa->spa_deflate);
2633 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
2634 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2635 
2636 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION,
2637 	    &spa->spa_creation_version);
2638 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
2639 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2640 
2641 	/*
2642 	 * Load the persistent error log.  If we have an older pool, this will
2643 	 * not be present.
2644 	 */
2645 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_LAST, &spa->spa_errlog_last);
2646 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
2647 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2648 
2649 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_ERRLOG_SCRUB,
2650 	    &spa->spa_errlog_scrub);
2651 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
2652 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2653 
2654 	/*
2655 	 * Load the history object.  If we have an older pool, this
2656 	 * will not be present.
2657 	 */
2658 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_HISTORY, &spa->spa_history);
2659 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
2660 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2661 
2662 	/*
2663 	 * If we're assembling the pool from the split-off vdevs of
2664 	 * an existing pool, we don't want to attach the spares & cache
2665 	 * devices.
2666 	 */
2667 
2668 	/*
2669 	 * Load any hot spares for this pool.
2670 	 */
2671 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_SPARES, &spa->spa_spares.sav_object);
2672 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
2673 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2674 	if (error == 0 && type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
2675 		ASSERT(spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES);
2676 		if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_spares.sav_object,
2677 		    &spa->spa_spares.sav_config) != 0)
2678 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2679 
2680 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2681 		spa_load_spares(spa);
2682 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2683 	} else if (error == 0) {
2684 		spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
2685 	}
2686 
2687 	/*
2688 	 * Load any level 2 ARC devices for this pool.
2689 	 */
2690 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE,
2691 	    &spa->spa_l2cache.sav_object);
2692 	if (error != 0 && error != ENOENT)
2693 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2694 	if (error == 0 && type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
2695 		ASSERT(spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE);
2696 		if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_l2cache.sav_object,
2697 		    &spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) != 0)
2698 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2699 
2700 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2701 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
2702 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2703 	} else if (error == 0) {
2704 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
2705 	}
2706 
2707 	spa->spa_delegation = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION);
2708 
2709 	error = spa_dir_prop(spa, DMU_POOL_PROPS, &spa->spa_pool_props_object);
2710 	if (error && error != ENOENT)
2711 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2712 
2713 	if (error == 0) {
2714 		uint64_t autoreplace;
2715 
2716 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS, &spa->spa_bootfs);
2717 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOREPLACE, &autoreplace);
2718 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION, &spa->spa_delegation);
2719 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE, &spa->spa_failmode);
2720 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND, &spa->spa_autoexpand);
2721 		spa_prop_find(spa, ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO,
2722 		    &spa->spa_dedup_ditto);
2723 
2724 		spa->spa_autoreplace = (autoreplace != 0);
2725 	}
2726 
2727 	/*
2728 	 * If the 'autoreplace' property is set, then post a resource notifying
2729 	 * the ZFS DE that it should not issue any faults for unopenable
2730 	 * devices.  We also iterate over the vdevs, and post a sysevent for any
2731 	 * unopenable vdevs so that the normal autoreplace handler can take
2732 	 * over.
2733 	 */
2734 	if (spa->spa_autoreplace && state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) {
2735 		spa_check_removed(spa->spa_root_vdev);
2736 		/*
2737 		 * For the import case, this is done in spa_import(), because
2738 		 * at this point we're using the spare definitions from
2739 		 * the MOS config, not necessarily from the userland config.
2740 		 */
2741 		if (state != SPA_LOAD_IMPORT) {
2742 			spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_spares);
2743 			spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_l2cache);
2744 		}
2745 	}
2746 
2747 	/*
2748 	 * Load the vdev state for all toplevel vdevs.
2749 	 */
2750 	vdev_load(rvd);
2751 
2752 	/*
2753 	 * Propagate the leaf DTLs we just loaded all the way up the tree.
2754 	 */
2755 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
2756 	vdev_dtl_reassess(rvd, 0, 0, B_FALSE);
2757 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
2758 
2759 	/*
2760 	 * Load the DDTs (dedup tables).
2761 	 */
2762 	error = ddt_load(spa);
2763 	if (error != 0)
2764 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2765 
2766 	spa_update_dspace(spa);
2767 
2768 	/*
2769 	 * Validate the config, using the MOS config to fill in any
2770 	 * information which might be missing.  If we fail to validate
2771 	 * the config then declare the pool unfit for use. If we're
2772 	 * assembling a pool from a split, the log is not transferred
2773 	 * over.
2774 	 */
2775 	if (type != SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE) {
2776 		nvlist_t *nvconfig;
2777 
2778 		if (load_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, &nvconfig) != 0)
2779 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA, EIO));
2780 
2781 		if (!spa_config_valid(spa, nvconfig)) {
2782 			nvlist_free(nvconfig);
2783 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_BAD_GUID_SUM,
2784 			    ENXIO));
2785 		}
2786 		nvlist_free(nvconfig);
2787 
2788 		/*
2789 		 * Now that we've validated the config, check the state of the
2790 		 * root vdev.  If it can't be opened, it indicates one or
2791 		 * more toplevel vdevs are faulted.
2792 		 */
2793 		if (rvd->vdev_state <= VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN)
2794 			return (SET_ERROR(ENXIO));
2795 
2796 		if (spa_writeable(spa) && spa_check_logs(spa)) {
2797 			*ereport = FM_EREPORT_ZFS_LOG_REPLAY;
2798 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_BAD_LOG, ENXIO));
2799 		}
2800 	}
2801 
2802 	if (missing_feat_write) {
2803 		ASSERT(state == SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT);
2804 
2805 		/*
2806 		 * At this point, we know that we can open the pool in
2807 		 * read-only mode but not read-write mode. We now have enough
2808 		 * information and can return to userland.
2809 		 */
2810 		return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_UNSUP_FEAT, ENOTSUP));
2811 	}
2812 
2813 	/*
2814 	 * We've successfully opened the pool, verify that we're ready
2815 	 * to start pushing transactions.
2816 	 */
2817 	if (state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT) {
2818 		if (error = spa_load_verify(spa))
2819 			return (spa_vdev_err(rvd, VDEV_AUX_CORRUPT_DATA,
2820 			    error));
2821 	}
2822 
2823 	if (spa_writeable(spa) && (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER ||
2824 	    spa->spa_load_max_txg == UINT64_MAX)) {
2825 		dmu_tx_t *tx;
2826 		int need_update = B_FALSE;
2827 		dsl_pool_t *dp = spa_get_dsl(spa);
2828 
2829 		ASSERT(state != SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT);
2830 
2831 		/*
2832 		 * Claim log blocks that haven't been committed yet.
2833 		 * This must all happen in a single txg.
2834 		 * Note: spa_claim_max_txg is updated by spa_claim_notify(),
2835 		 * invoked from zil_claim_log_block()'s i/o done callback.
2836 		 * Price of rollback is that we abandon the log.
2837 		 */
2838 		spa->spa_claiming = B_TRUE;
2839 
2840 		tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp, spa_first_txg(spa));
2841 		(void) dmu_objset_find_dp(dp, dp->dp_root_dir_obj,
2842 		    zil_claim, tx, DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
2843 		dmu_tx_commit(tx);
2844 
2845 		spa->spa_claiming = B_FALSE;
2846 
2847 		spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_GOOD);
2848 		spa->spa_sync_on = B_TRUE;
2849 		txg_sync_start(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
2850 
2851 		/*
2852 		 * Wait for all claims to sync.  We sync up to the highest
2853 		 * claimed log block birth time so that claimed log blocks
2854 		 * don't appear to be from the future.  spa_claim_max_txg
2855 		 * will have been set for us by either zil_check_log_chain()
2856 		 * (invoked from spa_check_logs()) or zil_claim() above.
2857 		 */
2858 		txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, spa->spa_claim_max_txg);
2859 
2860 		/*
2861 		 * If the config cache is stale, or we have uninitialized
2862 		 * metaslabs (see spa_vdev_add()), then update the config.
2863 		 *
2864 		 * If this is a verbatim import, trust the current
2865 		 * in-core spa_config and update the disk labels.
2866 		 */
2867 		if (config_cache_txg != spa->spa_config_txg ||
2868 		    state == SPA_LOAD_IMPORT ||
2869 		    state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER ||
2870 		    (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM))
2871 			need_update = B_TRUE;
2872 
2873 		for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++)
2874 			if (rvd->vdev_child[c]->vdev_ms_array == 0)
2875 				need_update = B_TRUE;
2876 
2877 		/*
2878 		 * Update the config cache asychronously in case we're the
2879 		 * root pool, in which case the config cache isn't writable yet.
2880 		 */
2881 		if (need_update)
2882 			spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE);
2883 
2884 		/*
2885 		 * Check all DTLs to see if anything needs resilvering.
2886 		 */
2887 		if (!dsl_scan_resilvering(spa->spa_dsl_pool) &&
2888 		    vdev_resilver_needed(rvd, NULL, NULL))
2889 			spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER);
2890 
2891 		/*
2892 		 * Log the fact that we booted up (so that we can detect if
2893 		 * we rebooted in the middle of an operation).
2894 		 */
2895 		spa_history_log_version(spa, "open");
2896 
2897 		/*
2898 		 * Delete any inconsistent datasets.
2899 		 */
2900 		(void) dmu_objset_find(spa_name(spa),
2901 		    dsl_destroy_inconsistent, NULL, DS_FIND_CHILDREN);
2902 
2903 		/*
2904 		 * Clean up any stale temporary dataset userrefs.
2905 		 */
2906 		dsl_pool_clean_tmp_userrefs(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
2907 	}
2908 
2909 	return (0);
2910 }
2911 
2912 static int
spa_load_retry(spa_t * spa,spa_load_state_t state,int mosconfig)2913 spa_load_retry(spa_t *spa, spa_load_state_t state, int mosconfig)
2914 {
2915 	int mode = spa->spa_mode;
2916 
2917 	spa_unload(spa);
2918 	spa_deactivate(spa);
2919 
2920 	spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg - 1;
2921 
2922 	spa_activate(spa, mode);
2923 	spa_async_suspend(spa);
2924 
2925 	return (spa_load(spa, state, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING, mosconfig));
2926 }
2927 
2928 /*
2929  * If spa_load() fails this function will try loading prior txg's. If
2930  * 'state' is SPA_LOAD_RECOVER and one of these loads succeeds the pool
2931  * will be rewound to that txg. If 'state' is not SPA_LOAD_RECOVER this
2932  * function will not rewind the pool and will return the same error as
2933  * spa_load().
2934  */
2935 static int
spa_load_best(spa_t * spa,spa_load_state_t state,int mosconfig,uint64_t max_request,int rewind_flags)2936 spa_load_best(spa_t *spa, spa_load_state_t state, int mosconfig,
2937     uint64_t max_request, int rewind_flags)
2938 {
2939 	nvlist_t *loadinfo = NULL;
2940 	nvlist_t *config = NULL;
2941 	int load_error, rewind_error;
2942 	uint64_t safe_rewind_txg;
2943 	uint64_t min_txg;
2944 
2945 	if (spa->spa_load_txg && state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
2946 		spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_load_txg;
2947 		spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
2948 	} else {
2949 		spa->spa_load_max_txg = max_request;
2950 		if (max_request != UINT64_MAX)
2951 			spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_TRUE;
2952 	}
2953 
2954 	load_error = rewind_error = spa_load(spa, state, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING,
2955 	    mosconfig);
2956 	if (load_error == 0)
2957 		return (0);
2958 
2959 	if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL)
2960 		config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, -1ULL, B_TRUE);
2961 
2962 	spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg;
2963 	spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg_ts = spa->spa_uberblock.ub_timestamp;
2964 
2965 	if (rewind_flags & ZPOOL_NEVER_REWIND) {
2966 		nvlist_free(config);
2967 		return (load_error);
2968 	}
2969 
2970 	if (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
2971 		/* Price of rolling back is discarding txgs, including log */
2972 		spa_set_log_state(spa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
2973 	} else {
2974 		/*
2975 		 * If we aren't rolling back save the load info from our first
2976 		 * import attempt so that we can restore it after attempting
2977 		 * to rewind.
2978 		 */
2979 		loadinfo = spa->spa_load_info;
2980 		spa->spa_load_info = fnvlist_alloc();
2981 	}
2982 
2983 	spa->spa_load_max_txg = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg;
2984 	safe_rewind_txg = spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg - TXG_DEFER_SIZE;
2985 	min_txg = (rewind_flags & ZPOOL_EXTREME_REWIND) ?
2986 	    TXG_INITIAL : safe_rewind_txg;
2987 
2988 	/*
2989 	 * Continue as long as we're finding errors, we're still within
2990 	 * the acceptable rewind range, and we're still finding uberblocks
2991 	 */
2992 	while (rewind_error && spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg >= min_txg &&
2993 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg <= spa->spa_load_max_txg) {
2994 		if (spa->spa_load_max_txg < safe_rewind_txg)
2995 			spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_TRUE;
2996 		rewind_error = spa_load_retry(spa, state, mosconfig);
2997 	}
2998 
2999 	spa->spa_extreme_rewind = B_FALSE;
3000 	spa->spa_load_max_txg = UINT64_MAX;
3001 
3002 	if (config && (rewind_error || state != SPA_LOAD_RECOVER))
3003 		spa_config_set(spa, config);
3004 
3005 	if (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
3006 		ASSERT3P(loadinfo, ==, NULL);
3007 		return (rewind_error);
3008 	} else {
3009 		/* Store the rewind info as part of the initial load info */
3010 		fnvlist_add_nvlist(loadinfo, ZPOOL_CONFIG_REWIND_INFO,
3011 		    spa->spa_load_info);
3012 
3013 		/* Restore the initial load info */
3014 		fnvlist_free(spa->spa_load_info);
3015 		spa->spa_load_info = loadinfo;
3016 
3017 		return (load_error);
3018 	}
3019 }
3020 
3021 /*
3022  * Pool Open/Import
3023  *
3024  * The import case is identical to an open except that the configuration is sent
3025  * down from userland, instead of grabbed from the configuration cache.  For the
3026  * case of an open, the pool configuration will exist in the
3027  * POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED state.
3028  *
3029  * The stats information (gen/count/ustats) is used to gather vdev statistics at
3030  * the same time open the pool, without having to keep around the spa_t in some
3031  * ambiguous state.
3032  */
3033 static int
spa_open_common(const char * pool,spa_t ** spapp,void * tag,nvlist_t * nvpolicy,nvlist_t ** config)3034 spa_open_common(const char *pool, spa_t **spapp, void *tag, nvlist_t *nvpolicy,
3035     nvlist_t **config)
3036 {
3037 	spa_t *spa;
3038 	spa_load_state_t state = SPA_LOAD_OPEN;
3039 	int error;
3040 	int locked = B_FALSE;
3041 	int firstopen = B_FALSE;
3042 
3043 	*spapp = NULL;
3044 
3045 	/*
3046 	 * As disgusting as this is, we need to support recursive calls to this
3047 	 * function because dsl_dir_open() is called during spa_load(), and ends
3048 	 * up calling spa_open() again.  The real fix is to figure out how to
3049 	 * avoid dsl_dir_open() calling this in the first place.
3050 	 */
3051 	if (mutex_owner(&spa_namespace_lock) != curthread) {
3052 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
3053 		locked = B_TRUE;
3054 	}
3055 
3056 	if ((spa = spa_lookup(pool)) == NULL) {
3057 		if (locked)
3058 			mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3059 		return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT));
3060 	}
3061 
3062 	if (spa->spa_state == POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
3063 		zpool_rewind_policy_t policy;
3064 
3065 		firstopen = B_TRUE;
3066 
3067 		zpool_get_rewind_policy(nvpolicy ? nvpolicy : spa->spa_config,
3068 		    &policy);
3069 		if (policy.zrp_request & ZPOOL_DO_REWIND)
3070 			state = SPA_LOAD_RECOVER;
3071 
3072 		spa_activate(spa, spa_mode_global);
3073 
3074 		if (state != SPA_LOAD_RECOVER)
3075 			spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = spa->spa_load_txg = 0;
3076 
3077 		error = spa_load_best(spa, state, B_FALSE, policy.zrp_txg,
3078 		    policy.zrp_request);
3079 
3080 		if (error == EBADF) {
3081 			/*
3082 			 * If vdev_validate() returns failure (indicated by
3083 			 * EBADF), it indicates that one of the vdevs indicates
3084 			 * that the pool has been exported or destroyed.  If
3085 			 * this is the case, the config cache is out of sync and
3086 			 * we should remove the pool from the namespace.
3087 			 */
3088 			spa_unload(spa);
3089 			spa_deactivate(spa);
3090 			spa_config_sync(spa, B_TRUE, B_TRUE);
3091 			spa_remove(spa);
3092 			if (locked)
3093 				mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3094 			return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT));
3095 		}
3096 
3097 		if (error) {
3098 			/*
3099 			 * We can't open the pool, but we still have useful
3100 			 * information: the state of each vdev after the
3101 			 * attempted vdev_open().  Return this to the user.
3102 			 */
3103 			if (config != NULL && spa->spa_config) {
3104 				VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa->spa_config, config,
3105 				    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
3106 				VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(*config,
3107 				    ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
3108 				    spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
3109 			}
3110 			spa_unload(spa);
3111 			spa_deactivate(spa);
3112 			spa->spa_last_open_failed = error;
3113 			if (locked)
3114 				mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3115 			*spapp = NULL;
3116 			return (error);
3117 		}
3118 	}
3119 
3120 	spa_open_ref(spa, tag);
3121 
3122 	if (config != NULL)
3123 		*config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, -1ULL, B_TRUE);
3124 
3125 	/*
3126 	 * If we've recovered the pool, pass back any information we
3127 	 * gathered while doing the load.
3128 	 */
3129 	if (state == SPA_LOAD_RECOVER) {
3130 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(*config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
3131 		    spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
3132 	}
3133 
3134 	if (locked) {
3135 		spa->spa_last_open_failed = 0;
3136 		spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = 0;
3137 		spa->spa_load_txg = 0;
3138 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3139 #ifdef __FreeBSD__
3140 #ifdef _KERNEL
3141 		if (firstopen)
3142 			zvol_create_minors(spa->spa_name);
3143 #endif
3144 #endif
3145 	}
3146 
3147 	*spapp = spa;
3148 
3149 	return (0);
3150 }
3151 
3152 int
spa_open_rewind(const char * name,spa_t ** spapp,void * tag,nvlist_t * policy,nvlist_t ** config)3153 spa_open_rewind(const char *name, spa_t **spapp, void *tag, nvlist_t *policy,
3154     nvlist_t **config)
3155 {
3156 	return (spa_open_common(name, spapp, tag, policy, config));
3157 }
3158 
3159 int
spa_open(const char * name,spa_t ** spapp,void * tag)3160 spa_open(const char *name, spa_t **spapp, void *tag)
3161 {
3162 	return (spa_open_common(name, spapp, tag, NULL, NULL));
3163 }
3164 
3165 /*
3166  * Lookup the given spa_t, incrementing the inject count in the process,
3167  * preventing it from being exported or destroyed.
3168  */
3169 spa_t *
spa_inject_addref(char * name)3170 spa_inject_addref(char *name)
3171 {
3172 	spa_t *spa;
3173 
3174 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
3175 	if ((spa = spa_lookup(name)) == NULL) {
3176 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3177 		return (NULL);
3178 	}
3179 	spa->spa_inject_ref++;
3180 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3181 
3182 	return (spa);
3183 }
3184 
3185 void
spa_inject_delref(spa_t * spa)3186 spa_inject_delref(spa_t *spa)
3187 {
3188 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
3189 	spa->spa_inject_ref--;
3190 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3191 }
3192 
3193 /*
3194  * Add spares device information to the nvlist.
3195  */
3196 static void
spa_add_spares(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * config)3197 spa_add_spares(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
3198 {
3199 	nvlist_t **spares;
3200 	uint_t i, nspares;
3201 	nvlist_t *nvroot;
3202 	uint64_t guid;
3203 	vdev_stat_t *vs;
3204 	uint_t vsc;
3205 	uint64_t pool;
3206 
3207 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG, RW_READER));
3208 
3209 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_count == 0)
3210 		return;
3211 
3212 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config,
3213 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvroot) == 0);
3214 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
3215 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0);
3216 	if (nspares != 0) {
3217 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot,
3218 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares) == 0);
3219 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot,
3220 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0);
3221 
3222 		/*
3223 		 * Go through and find any spares which have since been
3224 		 * repurposed as an active spare.  If this is the case, update
3225 		 * their status appropriately.
3226 		 */
3227 		for (i = 0; i < nspares; i++) {
3228 			VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(spares[i],
3229 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, &guid) == 0);
3230 			if (spa_spare_exists(guid, &pool, NULL) &&
3231 			    pool != 0ULL) {
3232 				VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(
3233 				    spares[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS,
3234 				    (uint64_t **)&vs, &vsc) == 0);
3235 				vs->vs_state = VDEV_STATE_CANT_OPEN;
3236 				vs->vs_aux = VDEV_AUX_SPARED;
3237 			}
3238 		}
3239 	}
3240 }
3241 
3242 /*
3243  * Add l2cache device information to the nvlist, including vdev stats.
3244  */
3245 static void
spa_add_l2cache(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * config)3246 spa_add_l2cache(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
3247 {
3248 	nvlist_t **l2cache;
3249 	uint_t i, j, nl2cache;
3250 	nvlist_t *nvroot;
3251 	uint64_t guid;
3252 	vdev_t *vd;
3253 	vdev_stat_t *vs;
3254 	uint_t vsc;
3255 
3256 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG, RW_READER));
3257 
3258 	if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count == 0)
3259 		return;
3260 
3261 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config,
3262 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvroot) == 0);
3263 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
3264 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0);
3265 	if (nl2cache != 0) {
3266 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot,
3267 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache) == 0);
3268 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot,
3269 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0);
3270 
3271 		/*
3272 		 * Update level 2 cache device stats.
3273 		 */
3274 
3275 		for (i = 0; i < nl2cache; i++) {
3276 			VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(l2cache[i],
3277 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, &guid) == 0);
3278 
3279 			vd = NULL;
3280 			for (j = 0; j < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; j++) {
3281 				if (guid ==
3282 				    spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[j]->vdev_guid) {
3283 					vd = spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[j];
3284 					break;
3285 				}
3286 			}
3287 			ASSERT(vd != NULL);
3288 
3289 			VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(l2cache[i],
3290 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_STATS, (uint64_t **)&vs, &vsc)
3291 			    == 0);
3292 			vdev_get_stats(vd, vs);
3293 		}
3294 	}
3295 }
3296 
3297 static void
spa_add_feature_stats(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * config)3298 spa_add_feature_stats(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *config)
3299 {
3300 	nvlist_t *features;
3301 	zap_cursor_t zc;
3302 	zap_attribute_t za;
3303 
3304 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_CONFIG, RW_READER));
3305 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&features, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
3306 
3307 	/* We may be unable to read features if pool is suspended. */
3308 	if (spa_suspended(spa))
3309 		goto out;
3310 
3311 	if (spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj != 0) {
3312 		for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset,
3313 		    spa->spa_feat_for_read_obj);
3314 		    zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0;
3315 		    zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
3316 			ASSERT(za.za_integer_length == sizeof (uint64_t) &&
3317 			    za.za_num_integers == 1);
3318 			VERIFY3U(0, ==, nvlist_add_uint64(features, za.za_name,
3319 			    za.za_first_integer));
3320 		}
3321 		zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
3322 	}
3323 
3324 	if (spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj != 0) {
3325 		for (zap_cursor_init(&zc, spa->spa_meta_objset,
3326 		    spa->spa_feat_for_write_obj);
3327 		    zap_cursor_retrieve(&zc, &za) == 0;
3328 		    zap_cursor_advance(&zc)) {
3329 			ASSERT(za.za_integer_length == sizeof (uint64_t) &&
3330 			    za.za_num_integers == 1);
3331 			VERIFY3U(0, ==, nvlist_add_uint64(features, za.za_name,
3332 			    za.za_first_integer));
3333 		}
3334 		zap_cursor_fini(&zc);
3335 	}
3336 
3337 out:
3338 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_FEATURE_STATS,
3339 	    features) == 0);
3340 	nvlist_free(features);
3341 }
3342 
3343 int
spa_get_stats(const char * name,nvlist_t ** config,char * altroot,size_t buflen)3344 spa_get_stats(const char *name, nvlist_t **config,
3345     char *altroot, size_t buflen)
3346 {
3347 	int error;
3348 	spa_t *spa;
3349 
3350 	*config = NULL;
3351 	error = spa_open_common(name, &spa, FTAG, NULL, config);
3352 
3353 	if (spa != NULL) {
3354 		/*
3355 		 * This still leaves a window of inconsistency where the spares
3356 		 * or l2cache devices could change and the config would be
3357 		 * self-inconsistent.
3358 		 */
3359 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
3360 
3361 		if (*config != NULL) {
3362 			uint64_t loadtimes[2];
3363 
3364 			loadtimes[0] = spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_sec;
3365 			loadtimes[1] = spa->spa_loaded_ts.tv_nsec;
3366 			VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64_array(*config,
3367 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOADED_TIME, loadtimes, 2) == 0);
3368 
3369 			VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config,
3370 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_ERRCOUNT,
3371 			    spa_get_errlog_size(spa)) == 0);
3372 
3373 			if (spa_suspended(spa))
3374 				VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(*config,
3375 				    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SUSPENDED,
3376 				    spa->spa_failmode) == 0);
3377 
3378 			spa_add_spares(spa, *config);
3379 			spa_add_l2cache(spa, *config);
3380 			spa_add_feature_stats(spa, *config);
3381 		}
3382 	}
3383 
3384 	/*
3385 	 * We want to get the alternate root even for faulted pools, so we cheat
3386 	 * and call spa_lookup() directly.
3387 	 */
3388 	if (altroot) {
3389 		if (spa == NULL) {
3390 			mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
3391 			spa = spa_lookup(name);
3392 			if (spa)
3393 				spa_altroot(spa, altroot, buflen);
3394 			else
3395 				altroot[0] = '\0';
3396 			spa = NULL;
3397 			mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3398 		} else {
3399 			spa_altroot(spa, altroot, buflen);
3400 		}
3401 	}
3402 
3403 	if (spa != NULL) {
3404 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
3405 		spa_close(spa, FTAG);
3406 	}
3407 
3408 	return (error);
3409 }
3410 
3411 /*
3412  * Validate that the auxiliary device array is well formed.  We must have an
3413  * array of nvlists, each which describes a valid leaf vdev.  If this is an
3414  * import (mode is VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE), then we allow corrupted spares to be
3415  * specified, as long as they are well-formed.
3416  */
3417 static int
spa_validate_aux_devs(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * nvroot,uint64_t crtxg,int mode,spa_aux_vdev_t * sav,const char * config,uint64_t version,vdev_labeltype_t label)3418 spa_validate_aux_devs(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvroot, uint64_t crtxg, int mode,
3419     spa_aux_vdev_t *sav, const char *config, uint64_t version,
3420     vdev_labeltype_t label)
3421 {
3422 	nvlist_t **dev;
3423 	uint_t i, ndev;
3424 	vdev_t *vd;
3425 	int error;
3426 
3427 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
3428 
3429 	/*
3430 	 * It's acceptable to have no devs specified.
3431 	 */
3432 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, config, &dev, &ndev) != 0)
3433 		return (0);
3434 
3435 	if (ndev == 0)
3436 		return (SET_ERROR(EINVAL));
3437 
3438 	/*
3439 	 * Make sure the pool is formatted with a version that supports this
3440 	 * device type.
3441 	 */
3442 	if (spa_version(spa) < version)
3443 		return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP));
3444 
3445 	/*
3446 	 * Set the pending device list so we correctly handle device in-use
3447 	 * checking.
3448 	 */
3449 	sav->sav_pending = dev;
3450 	sav->sav_npending = ndev;
3451 
3452 	for (i = 0; i < ndev; i++) {
3453 		if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, dev[i], NULL, 0,
3454 		    mode)) != 0)
3455 			goto out;
3456 
3457 		if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) {
3458 			vdev_free(vd);
3459 			error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
3460 			goto out;
3461 		}
3462 
3463 		/*
3464 		 * The L2ARC currently only supports disk devices in
3465 		 * kernel context.  For user-level testing, we allow it.
3466 		 */
3467 #ifdef _KERNEL
3468 		if ((strcmp(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE) == 0) &&
3469 		    strcmp(vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_type, VDEV_TYPE_DISK) != 0) {
3470 			error = SET_ERROR(ENOTBLK);
3471 			vdev_free(vd);
3472 			goto out;
3473 		}
3474 #endif
3475 		vd->vdev_top = vd;
3476 
3477 		if ((error = vdev_open(vd)) == 0 &&
3478 		    (error = vdev_label_init(vd, crtxg, label)) == 0) {
3479 			VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(dev[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
3480 			    vd->vdev_guid) == 0);
3481 		}
3482 
3483 		vdev_free(vd);
3484 
3485 		if (error &&
3486 		    (mode != VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE && mode != VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE))
3487 			goto out;
3488 		else
3489 			error = 0;
3490 	}
3491 
3492 out:
3493 	sav->sav_pending = NULL;
3494 	sav->sav_npending = 0;
3495 	return (error);
3496 }
3497 
3498 static int
spa_validate_aux(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * nvroot,uint64_t crtxg,int mode)3499 spa_validate_aux(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvroot, uint64_t crtxg, int mode)
3500 {
3501 	int error;
3502 
3503 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
3504 
3505 	if ((error = spa_validate_aux_devs(spa, nvroot, crtxg, mode,
3506 	    &spa->spa_spares, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, SPA_VERSION_SPARES,
3507 	    VDEV_LABEL_SPARE)) != 0) {
3508 		return (error);
3509 	}
3510 
3511 	return (spa_validate_aux_devs(spa, nvroot, crtxg, mode,
3512 	    &spa->spa_l2cache, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, SPA_VERSION_L2CACHE,
3513 	    VDEV_LABEL_L2CACHE));
3514 }
3515 
3516 static void
spa_set_aux_vdevs(spa_aux_vdev_t * sav,nvlist_t ** devs,int ndevs,const char * config)3517 spa_set_aux_vdevs(spa_aux_vdev_t *sav, nvlist_t **devs, int ndevs,
3518     const char *config)
3519 {
3520 	int i;
3521 
3522 	if (sav->sav_config != NULL) {
3523 		nvlist_t **olddevs;
3524 		uint_t oldndevs;
3525 		nvlist_t **newdevs;
3526 
3527 		/*
3528 		 * Generate new dev list by concatentating with the
3529 		 * current dev list.
3530 		 */
3531 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config, config,
3532 		    &olddevs, &oldndevs) == 0);
3533 
3534 		newdevs = kmem_alloc(sizeof (void *) *
3535 		    (ndevs + oldndevs), KM_SLEEP);
3536 		for (i = 0; i < oldndevs; i++)
3537 			VERIFY(nvlist_dup(olddevs[i], &newdevs[i],
3538 			    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
3539 		for (i = 0; i < ndevs; i++)
3540 			VERIFY(nvlist_dup(devs[i], &newdevs[i + oldndevs],
3541 			    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
3542 
3543 		VERIFY(nvlist_remove(sav->sav_config, config,
3544 		    DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
3545 
3546 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config,
3547 		    config, newdevs, ndevs + oldndevs) == 0);
3548 		for (i = 0; i < oldndevs + ndevs; i++)
3549 			nvlist_free(newdevs[i]);
3550 		kmem_free(newdevs, (oldndevs + ndevs) * sizeof (void *));
3551 	} else {
3552 		/*
3553 		 * Generate a new dev list.
3554 		 */
3555 		VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&sav->sav_config, NV_UNIQUE_NAME,
3556 		    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
3557 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(sav->sav_config, config,
3558 		    devs, ndevs) == 0);
3559 	}
3560 }
3561 
3562 /*
3563  * Stop and drop level 2 ARC devices
3564  */
3565 void
spa_l2cache_drop(spa_t * spa)3566 spa_l2cache_drop(spa_t *spa)
3567 {
3568 	vdev_t *vd;
3569 	int i;
3570 	spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_l2cache;
3571 
3572 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++) {
3573 		uint64_t pool;
3574 
3575 		vd = sav->sav_vdevs[i];
3576 		ASSERT(vd != NULL);
3577 
3578 		if (spa_l2cache_exists(vd->vdev_guid, &pool) &&
3579 		    pool != 0ULL && l2arc_vdev_present(vd))
3580 			l2arc_remove_vdev(vd);
3581 	}
3582 }
3583 
3584 /*
3585  * Pool Creation
3586  */
3587 int
spa_create(const char * pool,nvlist_t * nvroot,nvlist_t * props,nvlist_t * zplprops)3588 spa_create(const char *pool, nvlist_t *nvroot, nvlist_t *props,
3589     nvlist_t *zplprops)
3590 {
3591 	spa_t *spa;
3592 	char *altroot = NULL;
3593 	vdev_t *rvd;
3594 	dsl_pool_t *dp;
3595 	dmu_tx_t *tx;
3596 	int error = 0;
3597 	uint64_t txg = TXG_INITIAL;
3598 	nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache;
3599 	uint_t nspares, nl2cache;
3600 	uint64_t version, obj;
3601 	boolean_t has_features;
3602 	char *poolname;
3603 	nvlist_t *nvl;
3604 
3605 	if (nvlist_lookup_string(props,
3606 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_TNAME), &poolname) != 0)
3607 		poolname = (char *)pool;
3608 
3609 	/*
3610 	 * If this pool already exists, return failure.
3611 	 */
3612 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
3613 	if (spa_lookup(poolname) != NULL) {
3614 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3615 		return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST));
3616 	}
3617 
3618 	/*
3619 	 * Allocate a new spa_t structure.
3620 	 */
3621 	nvl = fnvlist_alloc();
3622 	fnvlist_add_string(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME, pool);
3623 	(void) nvlist_lookup_string(props,
3624 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT), &altroot);
3625 	spa = spa_add(poolname, nvl, altroot);
3626 	fnvlist_free(nvl);
3627 	spa_activate(spa, spa_mode_global);
3628 
3629 	if (props && (error = spa_prop_validate(spa, props))) {
3630 		spa_deactivate(spa);
3631 		spa_remove(spa);
3632 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3633 		return (error);
3634 	}
3635 
3636 	/*
3637 	 * Temporary pool names should never be written to disk.
3638 	 */
3639 	if (poolname != pool)
3640 		spa->spa_import_flags |= ZFS_IMPORT_TEMP_NAME;
3641 
3642 	has_features = B_FALSE;
3643 	for (nvpair_t *elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(props, NULL);
3644 	    elem != NULL; elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(props, elem)) {
3645 		if (zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem)))
3646 			has_features = B_TRUE;
3647 	}
3648 
3649 	if (has_features || nvlist_lookup_uint64(props,
3650 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION), &version) != 0) {
3651 		version = SPA_VERSION;
3652 	}
3653 	ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version));
3654 
3655 	spa->spa_first_txg = txg;
3656 	spa->spa_uberblock.ub_txg = txg - 1;
3657 	spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version = version;
3658 	spa->spa_ubsync = spa->spa_uberblock;
3659 	spa->spa_load_state = SPA_LOAD_CREATE;
3660 
3661 	/*
3662 	 * Create "The Godfather" zio to hold all async IOs
3663 	 */
3664 	spa->spa_async_zio_root = kmem_alloc(max_ncpus * sizeof (void *),
3665 	    KM_SLEEP);
3666 	for (int i = 0; i < max_ncpus; i++) {
3667 		spa->spa_async_zio_root[i] = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL,
3668 		    ZIO_FLAG_CANFAIL | ZIO_FLAG_SPECULATIVE |
3669 		    ZIO_FLAG_GODFATHER);
3670 	}
3671 
3672 	/*
3673 	 * Create the root vdev.
3674 	 */
3675 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3676 
3677 	error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvroot, NULL, 0, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD);
3678 
3679 	ASSERT(error != 0 || rvd != NULL);
3680 	ASSERT(error != 0 || spa->spa_root_vdev == rvd);
3681 
3682 	if (error == 0 && !zfs_allocatable_devs(nvroot))
3683 		error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
3684 
3685 	if (error == 0 &&
3686 	    (error = vdev_create(rvd, txg, B_FALSE)) == 0 &&
3687 	    (error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, txg,
3688 	    VDEV_ALLOC_ADD)) == 0) {
3689 		for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
3690 			vdev_ashift_optimize(rvd->vdev_child[c]);
3691 			vdev_metaslab_set_size(rvd->vdev_child[c]);
3692 			vdev_expand(rvd->vdev_child[c], txg);
3693 		}
3694 	}
3695 
3696 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3697 
3698 	if (error != 0) {
3699 		spa_unload(spa);
3700 		spa_deactivate(spa);
3701 		spa_remove(spa);
3702 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3703 		return (error);
3704 	}
3705 
3706 	/*
3707 	 * Get the list of spares, if specified.
3708 	 */
3709 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES,
3710 	    &spares, &nspares) == 0) {
3711 		VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_spares.sav_config, NV_UNIQUE_NAME,
3712 		    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
3713 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
3714 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares) == 0);
3715 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3716 		spa_load_spares(spa);
3717 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3718 		spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
3719 	}
3720 
3721 	/*
3722 	 * Get the list of level 2 cache devices, if specified.
3723 	 */
3724 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE,
3725 	    &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0) {
3726 		VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
3727 		    NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
3728 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
3729 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache) == 0);
3730 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3731 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
3732 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3733 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
3734 	}
3735 
3736 	spa->spa_is_initializing = B_TRUE;
3737 	spa->spa_dsl_pool = dp = dsl_pool_create(spa, zplprops, txg);
3738 	spa->spa_meta_objset = dp->dp_meta_objset;
3739 	spa->spa_is_initializing = B_FALSE;
3740 
3741 	/*
3742 	 * Create DDTs (dedup tables).
3743 	 */
3744 	ddt_create(spa);
3745 
3746 	spa_update_dspace(spa);
3747 
3748 	tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp, txg);
3749 
3750 	/*
3751 	 * Create the pool config object.
3752 	 */
3753 	spa->spa_config_object = dmu_object_alloc(spa->spa_meta_objset,
3754 	    DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE,
3755 	    DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE, sizeof (uint64_t), tx);
3756 
3757 	if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
3758 	    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_CONFIG,
3759 	    sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa->spa_config_object, tx) != 0) {
3760 		cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add pool config");
3761 	}
3762 
3763 	if (spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES)
3764 		spa_feature_create_zap_objects(spa, tx);
3765 
3766 	if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
3767 	    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_CREATION_VERSION,
3768 	    sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &version, tx) != 0) {
3769 		cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add pool version");
3770 	}
3771 
3772 	/* Newly created pools with the right version are always deflated. */
3773 	if (version >= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE) {
3774 		spa->spa_deflate = TRUE;
3775 		if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
3776 		    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE,
3777 		    sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa->spa_deflate, tx) != 0) {
3778 			cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add deflate");
3779 		}
3780 	}
3781 
3782 	/*
3783 	 * Create the deferred-free bpobj.  Turn off compression
3784 	 * because sync-to-convergence takes longer if the blocksize
3785 	 * keeps changing.
3786 	 */
3787 	obj = bpobj_alloc(spa->spa_meta_objset, 1 << 14, tx);
3788 	dmu_object_set_compress(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj,
3789 	    ZIO_COMPRESS_OFF, tx);
3790 	if (zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
3791 	    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_SYNC_BPOBJ,
3792 	    sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &obj, tx) != 0) {
3793 		cmn_err(CE_PANIC, "failed to add bpobj");
3794 	}
3795 	VERIFY3U(0, ==, bpobj_open(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj,
3796 	    spa->spa_meta_objset, obj));
3797 
3798 	/*
3799 	 * Create the pool's history object.
3800 	 */
3801 	if (version >= SPA_VERSION_ZPOOL_HISTORY)
3802 		spa_history_create_obj(spa, tx);
3803 
3804 	/*
3805 	 * Generate some random noise for salted checksums to operate on.
3806 	 */
3807 	(void) random_get_pseudo_bytes(spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes,
3808 	    sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes));
3809 
3810 	/*
3811 	 * Set pool properties.
3812 	 */
3813 	spa->spa_bootfs = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS);
3814 	spa->spa_delegation = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION);
3815 	spa->spa_failmode = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE);
3816 	spa->spa_autoexpand = zpool_prop_default_numeric(ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND);
3817 
3818 	if (props != NULL) {
3819 		spa_configfile_set(spa, props, B_FALSE);
3820 		spa_sync_props(props, tx);
3821 	}
3822 
3823 	dmu_tx_commit(tx);
3824 
3825 	spa->spa_sync_on = B_TRUE;
3826 	txg_sync_start(spa->spa_dsl_pool);
3827 
3828 	/*
3829 	 * We explicitly wait for the first transaction to complete so that our
3830 	 * bean counters are appropriately updated.
3831 	 */
3832 	txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, txg);
3833 
3834 	spa_config_sync(spa, B_FALSE, B_TRUE);
3835 	spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_CREATE);
3836 
3837 	spa_history_log_version(spa, "create");
3838 
3839 	/*
3840 	 * Don't count references from objsets that are already closed
3841 	 * and are making their way through the eviction process.
3842 	 */
3843 	spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
3844 	spa->spa_minref = refcount_count(&spa->spa_refcount);
3845 	spa->spa_load_state = SPA_LOAD_NONE;
3846 
3847 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
3848 
3849 	return (0);
3850 }
3851 
3852 #ifdef _KERNEL
3853 #ifdef illumos
3854 /*
3855  * Get the root pool information from the root disk, then import the root pool
3856  * during the system boot up time.
3857  */
3858 extern int vdev_disk_read_rootlabel(char *, char *, nvlist_t **);
3859 
3860 static nvlist_t *
spa_generate_rootconf(char * devpath,char * devid,uint64_t * guid)3861 spa_generate_rootconf(char *devpath, char *devid, uint64_t *guid)
3862 {
3863 	nvlist_t *config;
3864 	nvlist_t *nvtop, *nvroot;
3865 	uint64_t pgid;
3866 
3867 	if (vdev_disk_read_rootlabel(devpath, devid, &config) != 0)
3868 		return (NULL);
3869 
3870 	/*
3871 	 * Add this top-level vdev to the child array.
3872 	 */
3873 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
3874 	    &nvtop) == 0);
3875 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID,
3876 	    &pgid) == 0);
3877 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, guid) == 0);
3878 
3879 	/*
3880 	 * Put this pool's top-level vdevs into a root vdev.
3881 	 */
3882 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvroot, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
3883 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TYPE,
3884 	    VDEV_TYPE_ROOT) == 0);
3885 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_ID, 0ULL) == 0);
3886 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, pgid) == 0);
3887 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN,
3888 	    &nvtop, 1) == 0);
3889 
3890 	/*
3891 	 * Replace the existing vdev_tree with the new root vdev in
3892 	 * this pool's configuration (remove the old, add the new).
3893 	 */
3894 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, nvroot) == 0);
3895 	nvlist_free(nvroot);
3896 	return (config);
3897 }
3898 
3899 /*
3900  * Walk the vdev tree and see if we can find a device with "better"
3901  * configuration. A configuration is "better" if the label on that
3902  * device has a more recent txg.
3903  */
3904 static void
spa_alt_rootvdev(vdev_t * vd,vdev_t ** avd,uint64_t * txg)3905 spa_alt_rootvdev(vdev_t *vd, vdev_t **avd, uint64_t *txg)
3906 {
3907 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
3908 		spa_alt_rootvdev(vd->vdev_child[c], avd, txg);
3909 
3910 	if (vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf) {
3911 		nvlist_t *label;
3912 		uint64_t label_txg;
3913 
3914 		if (vdev_disk_read_rootlabel(vd->vdev_physpath, vd->vdev_devid,
3915 		    &label) != 0)
3916 			return;
3917 
3918 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(label, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG,
3919 		    &label_txg) == 0);
3920 
3921 		/*
3922 		 * Do we have a better boot device?
3923 		 */
3924 		if (label_txg > *txg) {
3925 			*txg = label_txg;
3926 			*avd = vd;
3927 		}
3928 		nvlist_free(label);
3929 	}
3930 }
3931 
3932 /*
3933  * Import a root pool.
3934  *
3935  * For x86. devpath_list will consist of devid and/or physpath name of
3936  * the vdev (e.g. "id1,sd@SSEAGATE..." or "/pci@1f,0/ide@d/disk@0,0:a").
3937  * The GRUB "findroot" command will return the vdev we should boot.
3938  *
3939  * For Sparc, devpath_list consists the physpath name of the booting device
3940  * no matter the rootpool is a single device pool or a mirrored pool.
3941  * e.g.
3942  *	"/pci@1f,0/ide@d/disk@0,0:a"
3943  */
3944 int
spa_import_rootpool(char * devpath,char * devid)3945 spa_import_rootpool(char *devpath, char *devid)
3946 {
3947 	spa_t *spa;
3948 	vdev_t *rvd, *bvd, *avd = NULL;
3949 	nvlist_t *config, *nvtop;
3950 	uint64_t guid, txg;
3951 	char *pname;
3952 	int error;
3953 
3954 	/*
3955 	 * Read the label from the boot device and generate a configuration.
3956 	 */
3957 	config = spa_generate_rootconf(devpath, devid, &guid);
3958 #if defined(_OBP) && defined(_KERNEL)
3959 	if (config == NULL) {
3960 		if (strstr(devpath, "/iscsi/ssd") != NULL) {
3961 			/* iscsi boot */
3962 			get_iscsi_bootpath_phy(devpath);
3963 			config = spa_generate_rootconf(devpath, devid, &guid);
3964 		}
3965 	}
3966 #endif
3967 	if (config == NULL) {
3968 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Cannot read the pool label from '%s'",
3969 		    devpath);
3970 		return (SET_ERROR(EIO));
3971 	}
3972 
3973 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME,
3974 	    &pname) == 0);
3975 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG, &txg) == 0);
3976 
3977 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
3978 	if ((spa = spa_lookup(pname)) != NULL) {
3979 		/*
3980 		 * Remove the existing root pool from the namespace so that we
3981 		 * can replace it with the correct config we just read in.
3982 		 */
3983 		spa_remove(spa);
3984 	}
3985 
3986 	spa = spa_add(pname, config, NULL);
3987 	spa->spa_is_root = B_TRUE;
3988 	spa->spa_import_flags = ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM;
3989 
3990 	/*
3991 	 * Build up a vdev tree based on the boot device's label config.
3992 	 */
3993 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
3994 	    &nvtop) == 0);
3995 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
3996 	error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvtop, NULL, 0,
3997 	    VDEV_ALLOC_ROOTPOOL);
3998 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
3999 	if (error) {
4000 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4001 		nvlist_free(config);
4002 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Can not parse the config for pool '%s'",
4003 		    pname);
4004 		return (error);
4005 	}
4006 
4007 	/*
4008 	 * Get the boot vdev.
4009 	 */
4010 	if ((bvd = vdev_lookup_by_guid(rvd, guid)) == NULL) {
4011 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Can not find the boot vdev for guid %llu",
4012 		    (u_longlong_t)guid);
4013 		error = SET_ERROR(ENOENT);
4014 		goto out;
4015 	}
4016 
4017 	/*
4018 	 * Determine if there is a better boot device.
4019 	 */
4020 	avd = bvd;
4021 	spa_alt_rootvdev(rvd, &avd, &txg);
4022 	if (avd != bvd) {
4023 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "The boot device is 'degraded'. Please "
4024 		    "try booting from '%s'", avd->vdev_path);
4025 		error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
4026 		goto out;
4027 	}
4028 
4029 	/*
4030 	 * If the boot device is part of a spare vdev then ensure that
4031 	 * we're booting off the active spare.
4032 	 */
4033 	if (bvd->vdev_parent->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
4034 	    !bvd->vdev_isspare) {
4035 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "The boot device is currently spared. Please "
4036 		    "try booting from '%s'",
4037 		    bvd->vdev_parent->
4038 		    vdev_child[bvd->vdev_parent->vdev_children - 1]->vdev_path);
4039 		error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
4040 		goto out;
4041 	}
4042 
4043 	error = 0;
4044 out:
4045 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
4046 	vdev_free(rvd);
4047 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
4048 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4049 
4050 	nvlist_free(config);
4051 	return (error);
4052 }
4053 
4054 #else	/* !illumos */
4055 
4056 extern int vdev_geom_read_pool_label(const char *name, nvlist_t ***configs,
4057     uint64_t *count);
4058 
4059 static nvlist_t *
spa_generate_rootconf(const char * name)4060 spa_generate_rootconf(const char *name)
4061 {
4062 	nvlist_t **configs, **tops;
4063 	nvlist_t *config;
4064 	nvlist_t *best_cfg, *nvtop, *nvroot;
4065 	uint64_t *holes;
4066 	uint64_t best_txg;
4067 	uint64_t nchildren;
4068 	uint64_t pgid;
4069 	uint64_t count;
4070 	uint64_t i;
4071 	uint_t   nholes;
4072 
4073 	if (vdev_geom_read_pool_label(name, &configs, &count) != 0)
4074 		return (NULL);
4075 
4076 	ASSERT3U(count, !=, 0);
4077 	best_txg = 0;
4078 	for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
4079 		uint64_t txg;
4080 
4081 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(configs[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG,
4082 		    &txg) == 0);
4083 		if (txg > best_txg) {
4084 			best_txg = txg;
4085 			best_cfg = configs[i];
4086 		}
4087 	}
4088 
4089 	/*
4090 	 * Multi-vdev root pool configuration discovery is not supported yet.
4091 	 */
4092 	nchildren = 1;
4093 	nvlist_lookup_uint64(best_cfg, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_CHILDREN, &nchildren);
4094 	holes = NULL;
4095 	nvlist_lookup_uint64_array(best_cfg, ZPOOL_CONFIG_HOLE_ARRAY,
4096 	    &holes, &nholes);
4097 
4098 	tops = kmem_zalloc(nchildren * sizeof(void *), KM_SLEEP);
4099 	for (i = 0; i < nchildren; i++) {
4100 		if (i >= count)
4101 			break;
4102 		if (configs[i] == NULL)
4103 			continue;
4104 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(configs[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
4105 		    &nvtop) == 0);
4106 		nvlist_dup(nvtop, &tops[i], KM_SLEEP);
4107 	}
4108 	for (i = 0; holes != NULL && i < nholes; i++) {
4109 		if (i >= nchildren)
4110 			continue;
4111 		if (tops[holes[i]] != NULL)
4112 			continue;
4113 		nvlist_alloc(&tops[holes[i]], NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP);
4114 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(tops[holes[i]], ZPOOL_CONFIG_TYPE,
4115 		    VDEV_TYPE_HOLE) == 0);
4116 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(tops[holes[i]], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ID,
4117 		    holes[i]) == 0);
4118 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(tops[holes[i]], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
4119 		    0) == 0);
4120 	}
4121 	for (i = 0; i < nchildren; i++) {
4122 		if (tops[i] != NULL)
4123 			continue;
4124 		nvlist_alloc(&tops[i], NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP);
4125 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(tops[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_TYPE,
4126 		    VDEV_TYPE_MISSING) == 0);
4127 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(tops[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ID,
4128 		    i) == 0);
4129 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(tops[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
4130 		    0) == 0);
4131 	}
4132 
4133 	/*
4134 	 * Create pool config based on the best vdev config.
4135 	 */
4136 	nvlist_dup(best_cfg, &config, KM_SLEEP);
4137 
4138 	/*
4139 	 * Put this pool's top-level vdevs into a root vdev.
4140 	 */
4141 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID,
4142 	    &pgid) == 0);
4143 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvroot, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
4144 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TYPE,
4145 	    VDEV_TYPE_ROOT) == 0);
4146 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_ID, 0ULL) == 0);
4147 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, pgid) == 0);
4148 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN,
4149 	    tops, nchildren) == 0);
4150 
4151 	/*
4152 	 * Replace the existing vdev_tree with the new root vdev in
4153 	 * this pool's configuration (remove the old, add the new).
4154 	 */
4155 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, nvroot) == 0);
4156 
4157 	/*
4158 	 * Drop vdev config elements that should not be present at pool level.
4159 	 */
4160 	nvlist_remove(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID, DATA_TYPE_UINT64);
4161 	nvlist_remove(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TOP_GUID, DATA_TYPE_UINT64);
4162 
4163 	for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
4164 		nvlist_free(configs[i]);
4165 	kmem_free(configs, count * sizeof(void *));
4166 	for (i = 0; i < nchildren; i++)
4167 		nvlist_free(tops[i]);
4168 	kmem_free(tops, nchildren * sizeof(void *));
4169 	nvlist_free(nvroot);
4170 	return (config);
4171 }
4172 
4173 int
spa_import_rootpool(const char * name)4174 spa_import_rootpool(const char *name)
4175 {
4176 	spa_t *spa;
4177 	vdev_t *rvd, *bvd, *avd = NULL;
4178 	nvlist_t *config, *nvtop;
4179 	uint64_t txg;
4180 	char *pname;
4181 	int error;
4182 
4183 	/*
4184 	 * Read the label from the boot device and generate a configuration.
4185 	 */
4186 	config = spa_generate_rootconf(name);
4187 
4188 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4189 	if (config != NULL) {
4190 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME,
4191 		    &pname) == 0 && strcmp(name, pname) == 0);
4192 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG, &txg)
4193 		    == 0);
4194 
4195 		if ((spa = spa_lookup(pname)) != NULL) {
4196 			/*
4197 			 * The pool could already be imported,
4198 			 * e.g., after reboot -r.
4199 			 */
4200 			if (spa->spa_state == POOL_STATE_ACTIVE) {
4201 				mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4202 				nvlist_free(config);
4203 				return (0);
4204 			}
4205 
4206 			/*
4207 			 * Remove the existing root pool from the namespace so
4208 			 * that we can replace it with the correct config
4209 			 * we just read in.
4210 			 */
4211 			spa_remove(spa);
4212 		}
4213 		spa = spa_add(pname, config, NULL);
4214 
4215 		/*
4216 		 * Set spa_ubsync.ub_version as it can be used in vdev_alloc()
4217 		 * via spa_version().
4218 		 */
4219 		if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
4220 		    &spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version) != 0)
4221 			spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version = SPA_VERSION_INITIAL;
4222 	} else if ((spa = spa_lookup(name)) == NULL) {
4223 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4224 		nvlist_free(config);
4225 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Cannot find the pool label for '%s'",
4226 		    name);
4227 		return (EIO);
4228 	} else {
4229 		VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa->spa_config, &config, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
4230 	}
4231 	spa->spa_is_root = B_TRUE;
4232 	spa->spa_import_flags = ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM;
4233 
4234 	/*
4235 	 * Build up a vdev tree based on the boot device's label config.
4236 	 */
4237 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
4238 	    &nvtop) == 0);
4239 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
4240 	error = spa_config_parse(spa, &rvd, nvtop, NULL, 0,
4241 	    VDEV_ALLOC_ROOTPOOL);
4242 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
4243 	if (error) {
4244 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4245 		nvlist_free(config);
4246 		cmn_err(CE_NOTE, "Can not parse the config for pool '%s'",
4247 		    pname);
4248 		return (error);
4249 	}
4250 
4251 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
4252 	vdev_free(rvd);
4253 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
4254 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4255 
4256 	nvlist_free(config);
4257 	return (0);
4258 }
4259 
4260 #endif	/* illumos */
4261 #endif	/* _KERNEL */
4262 
4263 /*
4264  * Import a non-root pool into the system.
4265  */
4266 int
spa_import(const char * pool,nvlist_t * config,nvlist_t * props,uint64_t flags)4267 spa_import(const char *pool, nvlist_t *config, nvlist_t *props, uint64_t flags)
4268 {
4269 	spa_t *spa;
4270 	char *altroot = NULL;
4271 	spa_load_state_t state = SPA_LOAD_IMPORT;
4272 	zpool_rewind_policy_t policy;
4273 	uint64_t mode = spa_mode_global;
4274 	uint64_t readonly = B_FALSE;
4275 	int error;
4276 	nvlist_t *nvroot;
4277 	nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache;
4278 	uint_t nspares, nl2cache;
4279 
4280 	/*
4281 	 * If a pool with this name exists, return failure.
4282 	 */
4283 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4284 	if (spa_lookup(pool) != NULL) {
4285 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4286 		return (SET_ERROR(EEXIST));
4287 	}
4288 
4289 	/*
4290 	 * Create and initialize the spa structure.
4291 	 */
4292 	(void) nvlist_lookup_string(props,
4293 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT), &altroot);
4294 	(void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(props,
4295 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY), &readonly);
4296 	if (readonly)
4297 		mode = FREAD;
4298 	spa = spa_add(pool, config, altroot);
4299 	spa->spa_import_flags = flags;
4300 
4301 	/*
4302 	 * Verbatim import - Take a pool and insert it into the namespace
4303 	 * as if it had been loaded at boot.
4304 	 */
4305 	if (spa->spa_import_flags & ZFS_IMPORT_VERBATIM) {
4306 		if (props != NULL)
4307 			spa_configfile_set(spa, props, B_FALSE);
4308 
4309 		spa_config_sync(spa, B_FALSE, B_TRUE);
4310 		spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT);
4311 
4312 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4313 		return (0);
4314 	}
4315 
4316 	spa_activate(spa, mode);
4317 
4318 	/*
4319 	 * Don't start async tasks until we know everything is healthy.
4320 	 */
4321 	spa_async_suspend(spa);
4322 
4323 	zpool_get_rewind_policy(config, &policy);
4324 	if (policy.zrp_request & ZPOOL_DO_REWIND)
4325 		state = SPA_LOAD_RECOVER;
4326 
4327 	/*
4328 	 * Pass off the heavy lifting to spa_load().  Pass TRUE for mosconfig
4329 	 * because the user-supplied config is actually the one to trust when
4330 	 * doing an import.
4331 	 */
4332 	if (state != SPA_LOAD_RECOVER)
4333 		spa->spa_last_ubsync_txg = spa->spa_load_txg = 0;
4334 
4335 	error = spa_load_best(spa, state, B_TRUE, policy.zrp_txg,
4336 	    policy.zrp_request);
4337 
4338 	/*
4339 	 * Propagate anything learned while loading the pool and pass it
4340 	 * back to caller (i.e. rewind info, missing devices, etc).
4341 	 */
4342 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
4343 	    spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
4344 
4345 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
4346 	/*
4347 	 * Toss any existing sparelist, as it doesn't have any validity
4348 	 * anymore, and conflicts with spa_has_spare().
4349 	 */
4350 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config) {
4351 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_spares.sav_config);
4352 		spa->spa_spares.sav_config = NULL;
4353 		spa_load_spares(spa);
4354 	}
4355 	if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config) {
4356 		nvlist_free(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config);
4357 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config = NULL;
4358 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
4359 	}
4360 
4361 	VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE,
4362 	    &nvroot) == 0);
4363 	if (error == 0)
4364 		error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, -1ULL,
4365 		    VDEV_ALLOC_SPARE);
4366 	if (error == 0)
4367 		error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, -1ULL,
4368 		    VDEV_ALLOC_L2CACHE);
4369 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
4370 
4371 	if (props != NULL)
4372 		spa_configfile_set(spa, props, B_FALSE);
4373 
4374 	if (error != 0 || (props && spa_writeable(spa) &&
4375 	    (error = spa_prop_set(spa, props)))) {
4376 		spa_unload(spa);
4377 		spa_deactivate(spa);
4378 		spa_remove(spa);
4379 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4380 		return (error);
4381 	}
4382 
4383 	spa_async_resume(spa);
4384 
4385 	/*
4386 	 * Override any spares and level 2 cache devices as specified by
4387 	 * the user, as these may have correct device names/devids, etc.
4388 	 */
4389 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES,
4390 	    &spares, &nspares) == 0) {
4391 		if (spa->spa_spares.sav_config)
4392 			VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
4393 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
4394 		else
4395 			VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
4396 			    NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
4397 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
4398 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares) == 0);
4399 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
4400 		spa_load_spares(spa);
4401 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
4402 		spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
4403 	}
4404 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE,
4405 	    &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0) {
4406 		if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config)
4407 			VERIFY(nvlist_remove(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
4408 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
4409 		else
4410 			VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
4411 			    NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
4412 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
4413 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache) == 0);
4414 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
4415 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
4416 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
4417 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
4418 	}
4419 
4420 	/*
4421 	 * Check for any removed devices.
4422 	 */
4423 	if (spa->spa_autoreplace) {
4424 		spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_spares);
4425 		spa_aux_check_removed(&spa->spa_l2cache);
4426 	}
4427 
4428 	if (spa_writeable(spa)) {
4429 		/*
4430 		 * Update the config cache to include the newly-imported pool.
4431 		 */
4432 		spa_config_update(spa, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL);
4433 	}
4434 
4435 	/*
4436 	 * It's possible that the pool was expanded while it was exported.
4437 	 * We kick off an async task to handle this for us.
4438 	 */
4439 	spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND);
4440 
4441 	spa_history_log_version(spa, "import");
4442 
4443 	spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_IMPORT);
4444 
4445 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4446 
4447 #ifdef __FreeBSD__
4448 #ifdef _KERNEL
4449 	zvol_create_minors(pool);
4450 #endif
4451 #endif
4452 	return (0);
4453 }
4454 
4455 nvlist_t *
spa_tryimport(nvlist_t * tryconfig)4456 spa_tryimport(nvlist_t *tryconfig)
4457 {
4458 	nvlist_t *config = NULL;
4459 	char *poolname;
4460 	spa_t *spa;
4461 	uint64_t state;
4462 	int error;
4463 
4464 	if (nvlist_lookup_string(tryconfig, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME, &poolname))
4465 		return (NULL);
4466 
4467 	if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(tryconfig, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE, &state))
4468 		return (NULL);
4469 
4470 	/*
4471 	 * Create and initialize the spa structure.
4472 	 */
4473 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4474 	spa = spa_add(TRYIMPORT_NAME, tryconfig, NULL);
4475 	spa_activate(spa, FREAD);
4476 
4477 	/*
4478 	 * Pass off the heavy lifting to spa_load().
4479 	 * Pass TRUE for mosconfig because the user-supplied config
4480 	 * is actually the one to trust when doing an import.
4481 	 */
4482 	error = spa_load(spa, SPA_LOAD_TRYIMPORT, SPA_IMPORT_EXISTING, B_TRUE);
4483 
4484 	/*
4485 	 * If 'tryconfig' was at least parsable, return the current config.
4486 	 */
4487 	if (spa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) {
4488 		config = spa_config_generate(spa, NULL, -1ULL, B_TRUE);
4489 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME,
4490 		    poolname) == 0);
4491 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE,
4492 		    state) == 0);
4493 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_TIMESTAMP,
4494 		    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_timestamp) == 0);
4495 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_LOAD_INFO,
4496 		    spa->spa_load_info) == 0);
4497 
4498 		/*
4499 		 * If the bootfs property exists on this pool then we
4500 		 * copy it out so that external consumers can tell which
4501 		 * pools are bootable.
4502 		 */
4503 		if ((!error || error == EEXIST) && spa->spa_bootfs) {
4504 			char *tmpname = kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN, KM_SLEEP);
4505 
4506 			/*
4507 			 * We have to play games with the name since the
4508 			 * pool was opened as TRYIMPORT_NAME.
4509 			 */
4510 			if (dsl_dsobj_to_dsname(spa_name(spa),
4511 			    spa->spa_bootfs, tmpname) == 0) {
4512 				char *cp;
4513 				char *dsname = kmem_alloc(MAXPATHLEN, KM_SLEEP);
4514 
4515 				cp = strchr(tmpname, '/');
4516 				if (cp == NULL) {
4517 					(void) strlcpy(dsname, tmpname,
4518 					    MAXPATHLEN);
4519 				} else {
4520 					(void) snprintf(dsname, MAXPATHLEN,
4521 					    "%s/%s", poolname, ++cp);
4522 				}
4523 				VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config,
4524 				    ZPOOL_CONFIG_BOOTFS, dsname) == 0);
4525 				kmem_free(dsname, MAXPATHLEN);
4526 			}
4527 			kmem_free(tmpname, MAXPATHLEN);
4528 		}
4529 
4530 		/*
4531 		 * Add the list of hot spares and level 2 cache devices.
4532 		 */
4533 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
4534 		spa_add_spares(spa, config);
4535 		spa_add_l2cache(spa, config);
4536 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
4537 	}
4538 
4539 	spa_unload(spa);
4540 	spa_deactivate(spa);
4541 	spa_remove(spa);
4542 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4543 
4544 	return (config);
4545 }
4546 
4547 /*
4548  * Pool export/destroy
4549  *
4550  * The act of destroying or exporting a pool is very simple.  We make sure there
4551  * is no more pending I/O and any references to the pool are gone.  Then, we
4552  * update the pool state and sync all the labels to disk, removing the
4553  * configuration from the cache afterwards. If the 'hardforce' flag is set, then
4554  * we don't sync the labels or remove the configuration cache.
4555  */
4556 static int
spa_export_common(char * pool,int new_state,nvlist_t ** oldconfig,boolean_t force,boolean_t hardforce)4557 spa_export_common(char *pool, int new_state, nvlist_t **oldconfig,
4558     boolean_t force, boolean_t hardforce)
4559 {
4560 	spa_t *spa;
4561 
4562 	if (oldconfig)
4563 		*oldconfig = NULL;
4564 
4565 	if (!(spa_mode_global & FWRITE))
4566 		return (SET_ERROR(EROFS));
4567 
4568 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4569 	if ((spa = spa_lookup(pool)) == NULL) {
4570 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4571 		return (SET_ERROR(ENOENT));
4572 	}
4573 
4574 	/*
4575 	 * Put a hold on the pool, drop the namespace lock, stop async tasks,
4576 	 * reacquire the namespace lock, and see if we can export.
4577 	 */
4578 	spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
4579 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4580 	spa_async_suspend(spa);
4581 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4582 	spa_close(spa, FTAG);
4583 
4584 	/*
4585 	 * The pool will be in core if it's openable,
4586 	 * in which case we can modify its state.
4587 	 */
4588 	if (spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED && spa->spa_sync_on) {
4589 		/*
4590 		 * Objsets may be open only because they're dirty, so we
4591 		 * have to force it to sync before checking spa_refcnt.
4592 		 */
4593 		txg_wait_synced(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0);
4594 		spa_evicting_os_wait(spa);
4595 
4596 		/*
4597 		 * A pool cannot be exported or destroyed if there are active
4598 		 * references.  If we are resetting a pool, allow references by
4599 		 * fault injection handlers.
4600 		 */
4601 		if (!spa_refcount_zero(spa) ||
4602 		    (spa->spa_inject_ref != 0 &&
4603 		    new_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED)) {
4604 			spa_async_resume(spa);
4605 			mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4606 			return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY));
4607 		}
4608 
4609 		/*
4610 		 * A pool cannot be exported if it has an active shared spare.
4611 		 * This is to prevent other pools stealing the active spare
4612 		 * from an exported pool. At user's own will, such pool can
4613 		 * be forcedly exported.
4614 		 */
4615 		if (!force && new_state == POOL_STATE_EXPORTED &&
4616 		    spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa)) {
4617 			spa_async_resume(spa);
4618 			mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4619 			return (SET_ERROR(EXDEV));
4620 		}
4621 
4622 		/*
4623 		 * We want this to be reflected on every label,
4624 		 * so mark them all dirty.  spa_unload() will do the
4625 		 * final sync that pushes these changes out.
4626 		 */
4627 		if (new_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED && !hardforce) {
4628 			spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
4629 			spa->spa_state = new_state;
4630 			spa->spa_final_txg = spa_last_synced_txg(spa) +
4631 			    TXG_DEFER_SIZE + 1;
4632 			vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
4633 			spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
4634 		}
4635 	}
4636 
4637 	spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, ESC_ZFS_POOL_DESTROY);
4638 
4639 	if (spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
4640 		spa_unload(spa);
4641 		spa_deactivate(spa);
4642 	}
4643 
4644 	if (oldconfig && spa->spa_config)
4645 		VERIFY(nvlist_dup(spa->spa_config, oldconfig, 0) == 0);
4646 
4647 	if (new_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
4648 		if (!hardforce)
4649 			spa_config_sync(spa, B_TRUE, B_TRUE);
4650 		spa_remove(spa);
4651 	}
4652 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4653 
4654 	return (0);
4655 }
4656 
4657 /*
4658  * Destroy a storage pool.
4659  */
4660 int
spa_destroy(char * pool)4661 spa_destroy(char *pool)
4662 {
4663 	return (spa_export_common(pool, POOL_STATE_DESTROYED, NULL,
4664 	    B_FALSE, B_FALSE));
4665 }
4666 
4667 /*
4668  * Export a storage pool.
4669  */
4670 int
spa_export(char * pool,nvlist_t ** oldconfig,boolean_t force,boolean_t hardforce)4671 spa_export(char *pool, nvlist_t **oldconfig, boolean_t force,
4672     boolean_t hardforce)
4673 {
4674 	return (spa_export_common(pool, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED, oldconfig,
4675 	    force, hardforce));
4676 }
4677 
4678 /*
4679  * Similar to spa_export(), this unloads the spa_t without actually removing it
4680  * from the namespace in any way.
4681  */
4682 int
spa_reset(char * pool)4683 spa_reset(char *pool)
4684 {
4685 	return (spa_export_common(pool, POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED, NULL,
4686 	    B_FALSE, B_FALSE));
4687 }
4688 
4689 /*
4690  * ==========================================================================
4691  * Device manipulation
4692  * ==========================================================================
4693  */
4694 
4695 /*
4696  * Add a device to a storage pool.
4697  */
4698 int
spa_vdev_add(spa_t * spa,nvlist_t * nvroot)4699 spa_vdev_add(spa_t *spa, nvlist_t *nvroot)
4700 {
4701 	uint64_t txg, id;
4702 	int error;
4703 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
4704 	vdev_t *vd, *tvd;
4705 	nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache;
4706 	uint_t nspares, nl2cache;
4707 
4708 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
4709 
4710 	txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
4711 
4712 	if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &vd, nvroot, NULL, 0,
4713 	    VDEV_ALLOC_ADD)) != 0)
4714 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
4715 
4716 	spa->spa_pending_vdev = vd;	/* spa_vdev_exit() will clear this */
4717 
4718 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares,
4719 	    &nspares) != 0)
4720 		nspares = 0;
4721 
4722 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvroot, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache,
4723 	    &nl2cache) != 0)
4724 		nl2cache = 0;
4725 
4726 	if (vd->vdev_children == 0 && nspares == 0 && nl2cache == 0)
4727 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, EINVAL));
4728 
4729 	if (vd->vdev_children != 0 &&
4730 	    (error = vdev_create(vd, txg, B_FALSE)) != 0)
4731 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, error));
4732 
4733 	/*
4734 	 * We must validate the spares and l2cache devices after checking the
4735 	 * children.  Otherwise, vdev_inuse() will blindly overwrite the spare.
4736 	 */
4737 	if ((error = spa_validate_aux(spa, nvroot, txg, VDEV_ALLOC_ADD)) != 0)
4738 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, error));
4739 
4740 	/*
4741 	 * Transfer each new top-level vdev from vd to rvd.
4742 	 */
4743 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) {
4744 
4745 		/*
4746 		 * Set the vdev id to the first hole, if one exists.
4747 		 */
4748 		for (id = 0; id < rvd->vdev_children; id++) {
4749 			if (rvd->vdev_child[id]->vdev_ishole) {
4750 				vdev_free(rvd->vdev_child[id]);
4751 				break;
4752 			}
4753 		}
4754 		tvd = vd->vdev_child[c];
4755 		vdev_remove_child(vd, tvd);
4756 		tvd->vdev_id = id;
4757 		vdev_add_child(rvd, tvd);
4758 		vdev_config_dirty(tvd);
4759 	}
4760 
4761 	if (nspares != 0) {
4762 		spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa->spa_spares, spares, nspares,
4763 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES);
4764 		spa_load_spares(spa);
4765 		spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
4766 	}
4767 
4768 	if (nl2cache != 0) {
4769 		spa_set_aux_vdevs(&spa->spa_l2cache, l2cache, nl2cache,
4770 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE);
4771 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
4772 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
4773 	}
4774 
4775 	/*
4776 	 * We have to be careful when adding new vdevs to an existing pool.
4777 	 * If other threads start allocating from these vdevs before we
4778 	 * sync the config cache, and we lose power, then upon reboot we may
4779 	 * fail to open the pool because there are DVAs that the config cache
4780 	 * can't translate.  Therefore, we first add the vdevs without
4781 	 * initializing metaslabs; sync the config cache (via spa_vdev_exit());
4782 	 * and then let spa_config_update() initialize the new metaslabs.
4783 	 *
4784 	 * spa_load() checks for added-but-not-initialized vdevs, so that
4785 	 * if we lose power at any point in this sequence, the remaining
4786 	 * steps will be completed the next time we load the pool.
4787 	 */
4788 	(void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, 0);
4789 
4790 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
4791 	spa_config_update(spa, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL);
4792 	spa_event_notify(spa, NULL, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ADD);
4793 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
4794 
4795 	return (0);
4796 }
4797 
4798 /*
4799  * Attach a device to a mirror.  The arguments are the path to any device
4800  * in the mirror, and the nvroot for the new device.  If the path specifies
4801  * a device that is not mirrored, we automatically insert the mirror vdev.
4802  *
4803  * If 'replacing' is specified, the new device is intended to replace the
4804  * existing device; in this case the two devices are made into their own
4805  * mirror using the 'replacing' vdev, which is functionally identical to
4806  * the mirror vdev (it actually reuses all the same ops) but has a few
4807  * extra rules: you can't attach to it after it's been created, and upon
4808  * completion of resilvering, the first disk (the one being replaced)
4809  * is automatically detached.
4810  */
4811 int
spa_vdev_attach(spa_t * spa,uint64_t guid,nvlist_t * nvroot,int replacing)4812 spa_vdev_attach(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, nvlist_t *nvroot, int replacing)
4813 {
4814 	uint64_t txg, dtl_max_txg;
4815 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
4816 	vdev_t *oldvd, *newvd, *newrootvd, *pvd, *tvd;
4817 	vdev_ops_t *pvops;
4818 	char *oldvdpath, *newvdpath;
4819 	int newvd_isspare;
4820 	int error;
4821 
4822 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
4823 
4824 	txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
4825 
4826 	oldvd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE);
4827 
4828 	if (oldvd == NULL)
4829 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENODEV));
4830 
4831 	if (!oldvd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
4832 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
4833 
4834 	pvd = oldvd->vdev_parent;
4835 
4836 	if ((error = spa_config_parse(spa, &newrootvd, nvroot, NULL, 0,
4837 	    VDEV_ALLOC_ATTACH)) != 0)
4838 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
4839 
4840 	if (newrootvd->vdev_children != 1)
4841 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EINVAL));
4842 
4843 	newvd = newrootvd->vdev_child[0];
4844 
4845 	if (!newvd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
4846 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EINVAL));
4847 
4848 	if ((error = vdev_create(newrootvd, txg, replacing)) != 0)
4849 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, error));
4850 
4851 	/*
4852 	 * Spares can't replace logs
4853 	 */
4854 	if (oldvd->vdev_top->vdev_islog && newvd->vdev_isspare)
4855 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
4856 
4857 	if (!replacing) {
4858 		/*
4859 		 * For attach, the only allowable parent is a mirror or the root
4860 		 * vdev.
4861 		 */
4862 		if (pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops &&
4863 		    pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_root_ops)
4864 			return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
4865 
4866 		pvops = &vdev_mirror_ops;
4867 	} else {
4868 		/*
4869 		 * Active hot spares can only be replaced by inactive hot
4870 		 * spares.
4871 		 */
4872 		if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
4873 		    oldvd->vdev_isspare &&
4874 		    !spa_has_spare(spa, newvd->vdev_guid))
4875 			return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
4876 
4877 		/*
4878 		 * If the source is a hot spare, and the parent isn't already a
4879 		 * spare, then we want to create a new hot spare.  Otherwise, we
4880 		 * want to create a replacing vdev.  The user is not allowed to
4881 		 * attach to a spared vdev child unless the 'isspare' state is
4882 		 * the same (spare replaces spare, non-spare replaces
4883 		 * non-spare).
4884 		 */
4885 		if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops &&
4886 		    spa_version(spa) < SPA_VERSION_MULTI_REPLACE) {
4887 			return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
4888 		} else if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
4889 		    newvd->vdev_isspare != oldvd->vdev_isspare) {
4890 			return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, ENOTSUP));
4891 		}
4892 
4893 		if (newvd->vdev_isspare)
4894 			pvops = &vdev_spare_ops;
4895 		else
4896 			pvops = &vdev_replacing_ops;
4897 	}
4898 
4899 	/*
4900 	 * Make sure the new device is big enough.
4901 	 */
4902 	if (newvd->vdev_asize < vdev_get_min_asize(oldvd))
4903 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EOVERFLOW));
4904 
4905 	/*
4906 	 * The new device cannot have a higher alignment requirement
4907 	 * than the top-level vdev.
4908 	 */
4909 	if (newvd->vdev_ashift > oldvd->vdev_top->vdev_ashift)
4910 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, txg, EDOM));
4911 
4912 	/*
4913 	 * If this is an in-place replacement, update oldvd's path and devid
4914 	 * to make it distinguishable from newvd, and unopenable from now on.
4915 	 */
4916 	if (strcmp(oldvd->vdev_path, newvd->vdev_path) == 0) {
4917 		spa_strfree(oldvd->vdev_path);
4918 		oldvd->vdev_path = kmem_alloc(strlen(newvd->vdev_path) + 5,
4919 		    KM_SLEEP);
4920 		(void) sprintf(oldvd->vdev_path, "%s/%s",
4921 		    newvd->vdev_path, "old");
4922 		if (oldvd->vdev_devid != NULL) {
4923 			spa_strfree(oldvd->vdev_devid);
4924 			oldvd->vdev_devid = NULL;
4925 		}
4926 	}
4927 
4928 	/* mark the device being resilvered */
4929 	newvd->vdev_resilver_txg = txg;
4930 
4931 	/*
4932 	 * If the parent is not a mirror, or if we're replacing, insert the new
4933 	 * mirror/replacing/spare vdev above oldvd.
4934 	 */
4935 	if (pvd->vdev_ops != pvops)
4936 		pvd = vdev_add_parent(oldvd, pvops);
4937 
4938 	ASSERT(pvd->vdev_top->vdev_parent == rvd);
4939 	ASSERT(pvd->vdev_ops == pvops);
4940 	ASSERT(oldvd->vdev_parent == pvd);
4941 
4942 	/*
4943 	 * Extract the new device from its root and add it to pvd.
4944 	 */
4945 	vdev_remove_child(newrootvd, newvd);
4946 	newvd->vdev_id = pvd->vdev_children;
4947 	newvd->vdev_crtxg = oldvd->vdev_crtxg;
4948 	vdev_add_child(pvd, newvd);
4949 
4950 	tvd = newvd->vdev_top;
4951 	ASSERT(pvd->vdev_top == tvd);
4952 	ASSERT(tvd->vdev_parent == rvd);
4953 
4954 	vdev_config_dirty(tvd);
4955 
4956 	/*
4957 	 * Set newvd's DTL to [TXG_INITIAL, dtl_max_txg) so that we account
4958 	 * for any dmu_sync-ed blocks.  It will propagate upward when
4959 	 * spa_vdev_exit() calls vdev_dtl_reassess().
4960 	 */
4961 	dtl_max_txg = txg + TXG_CONCURRENT_STATES;
4962 
4963 	vdev_dtl_dirty(newvd, DTL_MISSING, TXG_INITIAL,
4964 	    dtl_max_txg - TXG_INITIAL);
4965 
4966 	if (newvd->vdev_isspare) {
4967 		spa_spare_activate(newvd);
4968 		spa_event_notify(spa, newvd, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_SPARE);
4969 	}
4970 
4971 	oldvdpath = spa_strdup(oldvd->vdev_path);
4972 	newvdpath = spa_strdup(newvd->vdev_path);
4973 	newvd_isspare = newvd->vdev_isspare;
4974 
4975 	/*
4976 	 * Mark newvd's DTL dirty in this txg.
4977 	 */
4978 	vdev_dirty(tvd, VDD_DTL, newvd, txg);
4979 
4980 	/*
4981 	 * Schedule the resilver to restart in the future. We do this to
4982 	 * ensure that dmu_sync-ed blocks have been stitched into the
4983 	 * respective datasets.
4984 	 */
4985 	dsl_resilver_restart(spa->spa_dsl_pool, dtl_max_txg);
4986 
4987 	if (spa->spa_bootfs)
4988 		spa_event_notify(spa, newvd, ESC_ZFS_BOOTFS_VDEV_ATTACH);
4989 
4990 	spa_event_notify(spa, newvd, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_ATTACH);
4991 
4992 	/*
4993 	 * Commit the config
4994 	 */
4995 	(void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, newrootvd, dtl_max_txg, 0);
4996 
4997 	spa_history_log_internal(spa, "vdev attach", NULL,
4998 	    "%s vdev=%s %s vdev=%s",
4999 	    replacing && newvd_isspare ? "spare in" :
5000 	    replacing ? "replace" : "attach", newvdpath,
5001 	    replacing ? "for" : "to", oldvdpath);
5002 
5003 	spa_strfree(oldvdpath);
5004 	spa_strfree(newvdpath);
5005 
5006 	return (0);
5007 }
5008 
5009 /*
5010  * Detach a device from a mirror or replacing vdev.
5011  *
5012  * If 'replace_done' is specified, only detach if the parent
5013  * is a replacing vdev.
5014  */
5015 int
spa_vdev_detach(spa_t * spa,uint64_t guid,uint64_t pguid,int replace_done)5016 spa_vdev_detach(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, uint64_t pguid, int replace_done)
5017 {
5018 	uint64_t txg;
5019 	int error;
5020 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
5021 	vdev_t *vd, *pvd, *cvd, *tvd;
5022 	boolean_t unspare = B_FALSE;
5023 	uint64_t unspare_guid = 0;
5024 	char *vdpath;
5025 
5026 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
5027 
5028 	txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
5029 
5030 	vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE);
5031 
5032 	if (vd == NULL)
5033 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENODEV));
5034 
5035 	if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
5036 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
5037 
5038 	pvd = vd->vdev_parent;
5039 
5040 	/*
5041 	 * If the parent/child relationship is not as expected, don't do it.
5042 	 * Consider M(A,R(B,C)) -- that is, a mirror of A with a replacing
5043 	 * vdev that's replacing B with C.  The user's intent in replacing
5044 	 * is to go from M(A,B) to M(A,C).  If the user decides to cancel
5045 	 * the replace by detaching C, the expected behavior is to end up
5046 	 * M(A,B).  But suppose that right after deciding to detach C,
5047 	 * the replacement of B completes.  We would have M(A,C), and then
5048 	 * ask to detach C, which would leave us with just A -- not what
5049 	 * the user wanted.  To prevent this, we make sure that the
5050 	 * parent/child relationship hasn't changed -- in this example,
5051 	 * that C's parent is still the replacing vdev R.
5052 	 */
5053 	if (pvd->vdev_guid != pguid && pguid != 0)
5054 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EBUSY));
5055 
5056 	/*
5057 	 * Only 'replacing' or 'spare' vdevs can be replaced.
5058 	 */
5059 	if (replace_done && pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_replacing_ops &&
5060 	    pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_spare_ops)
5061 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
5062 
5063 	ASSERT(pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_spare_ops ||
5064 	    spa_version(spa) >= SPA_VERSION_SPARES);
5065 
5066 	/*
5067 	 * Only mirror, replacing, and spare vdevs support detach.
5068 	 */
5069 	if (pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_replacing_ops &&
5070 	    pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops &&
5071 	    pvd->vdev_ops != &vdev_spare_ops)
5072 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, ENOTSUP));
5073 
5074 	/*
5075 	 * If this device has the only valid copy of some data,
5076 	 * we cannot safely detach it.
5077 	 */
5078 	if (vdev_dtl_required(vd))
5079 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EBUSY));
5080 
5081 	ASSERT(pvd->vdev_children >= 2);
5082 
5083 	/*
5084 	 * If we are detaching the second disk from a replacing vdev, then
5085 	 * check to see if we changed the original vdev's path to have "/old"
5086 	 * at the end in spa_vdev_attach().  If so, undo that change now.
5087 	 */
5088 	if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops && vd->vdev_id > 0 &&
5089 	    vd->vdev_path != NULL) {
5090 		size_t len = strlen(vd->vdev_path);
5091 
5092 		for (int c = 0; c < pvd->vdev_children; c++) {
5093 			cvd = pvd->vdev_child[c];
5094 
5095 			if (cvd == vd || cvd->vdev_path == NULL)
5096 				continue;
5097 
5098 			if (strncmp(cvd->vdev_path, vd->vdev_path, len) == 0 &&
5099 			    strcmp(cvd->vdev_path + len, "/old") == 0) {
5100 				spa_strfree(cvd->vdev_path);
5101 				cvd->vdev_path = spa_strdup(vd->vdev_path);
5102 				break;
5103 			}
5104 		}
5105 	}
5106 
5107 	/*
5108 	 * If we are detaching the original disk from a spare, then it implies
5109 	 * that the spare should become a real disk, and be removed from the
5110 	 * active spare list for the pool.
5111 	 */
5112 	if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops &&
5113 	    vd->vdev_id == 0 &&
5114 	    pvd->vdev_child[pvd->vdev_children - 1]->vdev_isspare)
5115 		unspare = B_TRUE;
5116 
5117 	/*
5118 	 * Erase the disk labels so the disk can be used for other things.
5119 	 * This must be done after all other error cases are handled,
5120 	 * but before we disembowel vd (so we can still do I/O to it).
5121 	 * But if we can't do it, don't treat the error as fatal --
5122 	 * it may be that the unwritability of the disk is the reason
5123 	 * it's being detached!
5124 	 */
5125 	error = vdev_label_init(vd, 0, VDEV_LABEL_REMOVE);
5126 
5127 	/*
5128 	 * Remove vd from its parent and compact the parent's children.
5129 	 */
5130 	vdev_remove_child(pvd, vd);
5131 	vdev_compact_children(pvd);
5132 
5133 	/*
5134 	 * Remember one of the remaining children so we can get tvd below.
5135 	 */
5136 	cvd = pvd->vdev_child[pvd->vdev_children - 1];
5137 
5138 	/*
5139 	 * If we need to remove the remaining child from the list of hot spares,
5140 	 * do it now, marking the vdev as no longer a spare in the process.
5141 	 * We must do this before vdev_remove_parent(), because that can
5142 	 * change the GUID if it creates a new toplevel GUID.  For a similar
5143 	 * reason, we must remove the spare now, in the same txg as the detach;
5144 	 * otherwise someone could attach a new sibling, change the GUID, and
5145 	 * the subsequent attempt to spa_vdev_remove(unspare_guid) would fail.
5146 	 */
5147 	if (unspare) {
5148 		ASSERT(cvd->vdev_isspare);
5149 		spa_spare_remove(cvd);
5150 		unspare_guid = cvd->vdev_guid;
5151 		(void) spa_vdev_remove(spa, unspare_guid, B_TRUE);
5152 		cvd->vdev_unspare = B_TRUE;
5153 	}
5154 
5155 	/*
5156 	 * If the parent mirror/replacing vdev only has one child,
5157 	 * the parent is no longer needed.  Remove it from the tree.
5158 	 */
5159 	if (pvd->vdev_children == 1) {
5160 		if (pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops)
5161 			cvd->vdev_unspare = B_FALSE;
5162 		vdev_remove_parent(cvd);
5163 	}
5164 
5165 
5166 	/*
5167 	 * We don't set tvd until now because the parent we just removed
5168 	 * may have been the previous top-level vdev.
5169 	 */
5170 	tvd = cvd->vdev_top;
5171 	ASSERT(tvd->vdev_parent == rvd);
5172 
5173 	/*
5174 	 * Reevaluate the parent vdev state.
5175 	 */
5176 	vdev_propagate_state(cvd);
5177 
5178 	/*
5179 	 * If the 'autoexpand' property is set on the pool then automatically
5180 	 * try to expand the size of the pool. For example if the device we
5181 	 * just detached was smaller than the others, it may be possible to
5182 	 * add metaslabs (i.e. grow the pool). We need to reopen the vdev
5183 	 * first so that we can obtain the updated sizes of the leaf vdevs.
5184 	 */
5185 	if (spa->spa_autoexpand) {
5186 		vdev_reopen(tvd);
5187 		vdev_expand(tvd, txg);
5188 	}
5189 
5190 	vdev_config_dirty(tvd);
5191 
5192 	/*
5193 	 * Mark vd's DTL as dirty in this txg.  vdev_dtl_sync() will see that
5194 	 * vd->vdev_detached is set and free vd's DTL object in syncing context.
5195 	 * But first make sure we're not on any *other* txg's DTL list, to
5196 	 * prevent vd from being accessed after it's freed.
5197 	 */
5198 	vdpath = spa_strdup(vd->vdev_path);
5199 	for (int t = 0; t < TXG_SIZE; t++)
5200 		(void) txg_list_remove_this(&tvd->vdev_dtl_list, vd, t);
5201 	vd->vdev_detached = B_TRUE;
5202 	vdev_dirty(tvd, VDD_DTL, vd, txg);
5203 
5204 	spa_event_notify(spa, vd, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_REMOVE);
5205 
5206 	/* hang on to the spa before we release the lock */
5207 	spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
5208 
5209 	error = spa_vdev_exit(spa, vd, txg, 0);
5210 
5211 	spa_history_log_internal(spa, "detach", NULL,
5212 	    "vdev=%s", vdpath);
5213 	spa_strfree(vdpath);
5214 
5215 	/*
5216 	 * If this was the removal of the original device in a hot spare vdev,
5217 	 * then we want to go through and remove the device from the hot spare
5218 	 * list of every other pool.
5219 	 */
5220 	if (unspare) {
5221 		spa_t *altspa = NULL;
5222 
5223 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
5224 		while ((altspa = spa_next(altspa)) != NULL) {
5225 			if (altspa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE ||
5226 			    altspa == spa)
5227 				continue;
5228 
5229 			spa_open_ref(altspa, FTAG);
5230 			mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5231 			(void) spa_vdev_remove(altspa, unspare_guid, B_TRUE);
5232 			mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
5233 			spa_close(altspa, FTAG);
5234 		}
5235 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5236 
5237 		/* search the rest of the vdevs for spares to remove */
5238 		spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa);
5239 	}
5240 
5241 	/* all done with the spa; OK to release */
5242 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
5243 	spa_close(spa, FTAG);
5244 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
5245 
5246 	return (error);
5247 }
5248 
5249 /*
5250  * Split a set of devices from their mirrors, and create a new pool from them.
5251  */
5252 int
spa_vdev_split_mirror(spa_t * spa,char * newname,nvlist_t * config,nvlist_t * props,boolean_t exp)5253 spa_vdev_split_mirror(spa_t *spa, char *newname, nvlist_t *config,
5254     nvlist_t *props, boolean_t exp)
5255 {
5256 	int error = 0;
5257 	uint64_t txg, *glist;
5258 	spa_t *newspa;
5259 	uint_t c, children, lastlog;
5260 	nvlist_t **child, *nvl, *tmp;
5261 	dmu_tx_t *tx;
5262 	char *altroot = NULL;
5263 	vdev_t *rvd, **vml = NULL;			/* vdev modify list */
5264 	boolean_t activate_slog;
5265 
5266 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
5267 
5268 	txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
5269 
5270 	/* clear the log and flush everything up to now */
5271 	activate_slog = spa_passivate_log(spa);
5272 	(void) spa_vdev_config_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG);
5273 	error = spa_offline_log(spa);
5274 	txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
5275 
5276 	if (activate_slog)
5277 		spa_activate_log(spa);
5278 
5279 	if (error != 0)
5280 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
5281 
5282 	/* check new spa name before going any further */
5283 	if (spa_lookup(newname) != NULL)
5284 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EEXIST));
5285 
5286 	/*
5287 	 * scan through all the children to ensure they're all mirrors
5288 	 */
5289 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VDEV_TREE, &nvl) != 0 ||
5290 	    nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_CHILDREN, &child,
5291 	    &children) != 0)
5292 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
5293 
5294 	/* first, check to ensure we've got the right child count */
5295 	rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
5296 	lastlog = 0;
5297 	for (c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
5298 		vdev_t *vd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
5299 
5300 		/* don't count the holes & logs as children */
5301 		if (vd->vdev_islog || vd->vdev_ishole) {
5302 			if (lastlog == 0)
5303 				lastlog = c;
5304 			continue;
5305 		}
5306 
5307 		lastlog = 0;
5308 	}
5309 	if (children != (lastlog != 0 ? lastlog : rvd->vdev_children))
5310 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
5311 
5312 	/* next, ensure no spare or cache devices are part of the split */
5313 	if (nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &tmp) == 0 ||
5314 	    nvlist_lookup_nvlist(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &tmp) == 0)
5315 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, EINVAL));
5316 
5317 	vml = kmem_zalloc(children * sizeof (vdev_t *), KM_SLEEP);
5318 	glist = kmem_zalloc(children * sizeof (uint64_t), KM_SLEEP);
5319 
5320 	/* then, loop over each vdev and validate it */
5321 	for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
5322 		uint64_t is_hole = 0;
5323 
5324 		(void) nvlist_lookup_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_IS_HOLE,
5325 		    &is_hole);
5326 
5327 		if (is_hole != 0) {
5328 			if (spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_ishole ||
5329 			    spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_islog) {
5330 				continue;
5331 			} else {
5332 				error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
5333 				break;
5334 			}
5335 		}
5336 
5337 		/* which disk is going to be split? */
5338 		if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
5339 		    &glist[c]) != 0) {
5340 			error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
5341 			break;
5342 		}
5343 
5344 		/* look it up in the spa */
5345 		vml[c] = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, glist[c], B_FALSE);
5346 		if (vml[c] == NULL) {
5347 			error = SET_ERROR(ENODEV);
5348 			break;
5349 		}
5350 
5351 		/* make sure there's nothing stopping the split */
5352 		if (vml[c]->vdev_parent->vdev_ops != &vdev_mirror_ops ||
5353 		    vml[c]->vdev_islog ||
5354 		    vml[c]->vdev_ishole ||
5355 		    vml[c]->vdev_isspare ||
5356 		    vml[c]->vdev_isl2cache ||
5357 		    !vdev_writeable(vml[c]) ||
5358 		    vml[c]->vdev_children != 0 ||
5359 		    vml[c]->vdev_state != VDEV_STATE_HEALTHY ||
5360 		    c != spa->spa_root_vdev->vdev_child[c]->vdev_id) {
5361 			error = SET_ERROR(EINVAL);
5362 			break;
5363 		}
5364 
5365 		if (vdev_dtl_required(vml[c])) {
5366 			error = SET_ERROR(EBUSY);
5367 			break;
5368 		}
5369 
5370 		/* we need certain info from the top level */
5371 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_ARRAY,
5372 		    vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_ms_array) == 0);
5373 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_METASLAB_SHIFT,
5374 		    vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_ms_shift) == 0);
5375 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASIZE,
5376 		    vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_asize) == 0);
5377 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(child[c], ZPOOL_CONFIG_ASHIFT,
5378 		    vml[c]->vdev_top->vdev_ashift) == 0);
5379 	}
5380 
5381 	if (error != 0) {
5382 		kmem_free(vml, children * sizeof (vdev_t *));
5383 		kmem_free(glist, children * sizeof (uint64_t));
5384 		return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
5385 	}
5386 
5387 	/* stop writers from using the disks */
5388 	for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
5389 		if (vml[c] != NULL)
5390 			vml[c]->vdev_offline = B_TRUE;
5391 	}
5392 	vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
5393 
5394 	/*
5395 	 * Temporarily record the splitting vdevs in the spa config.  This
5396 	 * will disappear once the config is regenerated.
5397 	 */
5398 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvl, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5399 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64_array(nvl, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_LIST,
5400 	    glist, children) == 0);
5401 	kmem_free(glist, children * sizeof (uint64_t));
5402 
5403 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);
5404 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist(spa->spa_config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT,
5405 	    nvl) == 0);
5406 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
5407 	spa->spa_config_splitting = nvl;
5408 	vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
5409 
5410 	/* configure and create the new pool */
5411 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_NAME, newname) == 0);
5412 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_STATE,
5413 	    exp ? POOL_STATE_EXPORTED : POOL_STATE_ACTIVE) == 0);
5414 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
5415 	    spa_version(spa)) == 0);
5416 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_TXG,
5417 	    spa->spa_config_txg) == 0);
5418 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_POOL_GUID,
5419 	    spa_generate_guid(NULL)) == 0);
5420 	(void) nvlist_lookup_string(props,
5421 	    zpool_prop_to_name(ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT), &altroot);
5422 
5423 	/* add the new pool to the namespace */
5424 	newspa = spa_add(newname, config, altroot);
5425 	newspa->spa_config_txg = spa->spa_config_txg;
5426 	spa_set_log_state(newspa, SPA_LOG_CLEAR);
5427 
5428 	/* release the spa config lock, retaining the namespace lock */
5429 	spa_vdev_config_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG);
5430 
5431 	if (zio_injection_enabled)
5432 		zio_handle_panic_injection(spa, FTAG, 1);
5433 
5434 	spa_activate(newspa, spa_mode_global);
5435 	spa_async_suspend(newspa);
5436 
5437 #ifndef illumos
5438 	/* mark that we are creating new spa by splitting */
5439 	newspa->spa_splitting_newspa = B_TRUE;
5440 #endif
5441 	/* create the new pool from the disks of the original pool */
5442 	error = spa_load(newspa, SPA_LOAD_IMPORT, SPA_IMPORT_ASSEMBLE, B_TRUE);
5443 #ifndef illumos
5444 	newspa->spa_splitting_newspa = B_FALSE;
5445 #endif
5446 	if (error)
5447 		goto out;
5448 
5449 	/* if that worked, generate a real config for the new pool */
5450 	if (newspa->spa_root_vdev != NULL) {
5451 		VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&newspa->spa_config_splitting,
5452 		    NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5453 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_uint64(newspa->spa_config_splitting,
5454 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPLIT_GUID, spa_guid(spa)) == 0);
5455 		spa_config_set(newspa, spa_config_generate(newspa, NULL, -1ULL,
5456 		    B_TRUE));
5457 	}
5458 
5459 	/* set the props */
5460 	if (props != NULL) {
5461 		spa_configfile_set(newspa, props, B_FALSE);
5462 		error = spa_prop_set(newspa, props);
5463 		if (error)
5464 			goto out;
5465 	}
5466 
5467 	/* flush everything */
5468 	txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(newspa);
5469 	vdev_config_dirty(newspa->spa_root_vdev);
5470 	(void) spa_vdev_config_exit(newspa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG);
5471 
5472 	if (zio_injection_enabled)
5473 		zio_handle_panic_injection(spa, FTAG, 2);
5474 
5475 	spa_async_resume(newspa);
5476 
5477 	/* finally, update the original pool's config */
5478 	txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
5479 	tx = dmu_tx_create_dd(spa_get_dsl(spa)->dp_mos_dir);
5480 	error = dmu_tx_assign(tx, TXG_WAIT);
5481 	if (error != 0)
5482 		dmu_tx_abort(tx);
5483 	for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
5484 		if (vml[c] != NULL) {
5485 			vdev_split(vml[c]);
5486 			if (error == 0)
5487 				spa_history_log_internal(spa, "detach", tx,
5488 				    "vdev=%s", vml[c]->vdev_path);
5489 			vdev_free(vml[c]);
5490 		}
5491 	}
5492 	vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
5493 	spa->spa_config_splitting = NULL;
5494 	nvlist_free(nvl);
5495 	if (error == 0)
5496 		dmu_tx_commit(tx);
5497 	(void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0);
5498 
5499 	if (zio_injection_enabled)
5500 		zio_handle_panic_injection(spa, FTAG, 3);
5501 
5502 	/* split is complete; log a history record */
5503 	spa_history_log_internal(newspa, "split", NULL,
5504 	    "from pool %s", spa_name(spa));
5505 
5506 	kmem_free(vml, children * sizeof (vdev_t *));
5507 
5508 	/* if we're not going to mount the filesystems in userland, export */
5509 	if (exp)
5510 		error = spa_export_common(newname, POOL_STATE_EXPORTED, NULL,
5511 		    B_FALSE, B_FALSE);
5512 
5513 	return (error);
5514 
5515 out:
5516 	spa_unload(newspa);
5517 	spa_deactivate(newspa);
5518 	spa_remove(newspa);
5519 
5520 	txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
5521 
5522 	/* re-online all offlined disks */
5523 	for (c = 0; c < children; c++) {
5524 		if (vml[c] != NULL)
5525 			vml[c]->vdev_offline = B_FALSE;
5526 	}
5527 	vdev_reopen(spa->spa_root_vdev);
5528 
5529 	nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_splitting);
5530 	spa->spa_config_splitting = NULL;
5531 	(void) spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error);
5532 
5533 	kmem_free(vml, children * sizeof (vdev_t *));
5534 	return (error);
5535 }
5536 
5537 static nvlist_t *
spa_nvlist_lookup_by_guid(nvlist_t ** nvpp,int count,uint64_t target_guid)5538 spa_nvlist_lookup_by_guid(nvlist_t **nvpp, int count, uint64_t target_guid)
5539 {
5540 	for (int i = 0; i < count; i++) {
5541 		uint64_t guid;
5542 
5543 		VERIFY(nvlist_lookup_uint64(nvpp[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
5544 		    &guid) == 0);
5545 
5546 		if (guid == target_guid)
5547 			return (nvpp[i]);
5548 	}
5549 
5550 	return (NULL);
5551 }
5552 
5553 static void
spa_vdev_remove_aux(nvlist_t * config,char * name,nvlist_t ** dev,int count,nvlist_t * dev_to_remove)5554 spa_vdev_remove_aux(nvlist_t *config, char *name, nvlist_t **dev, int count,
5555     nvlist_t *dev_to_remove)
5556 {
5557 	nvlist_t **newdev = NULL;
5558 
5559 	if (count > 1)
5560 		newdev = kmem_alloc((count - 1) * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP);
5561 
5562 	for (int i = 0, j = 0; i < count; i++) {
5563 		if (dev[i] == dev_to_remove)
5564 			continue;
5565 		VERIFY(nvlist_dup(dev[i], &newdev[j++], KM_SLEEP) == 0);
5566 	}
5567 
5568 	VERIFY(nvlist_remove(config, name, DATA_TYPE_NVLIST_ARRAY) == 0);
5569 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(config, name, newdev, count - 1) == 0);
5570 
5571 	for (int i = 0; i < count - 1; i++)
5572 		nvlist_free(newdev[i]);
5573 
5574 	if (count > 1)
5575 		kmem_free(newdev, (count - 1) * sizeof (void *));
5576 }
5577 
5578 /*
5579  * Evacuate the device.
5580  */
5581 static int
spa_vdev_remove_evacuate(spa_t * spa,vdev_t * vd)5582 spa_vdev_remove_evacuate(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
5583 {
5584 	uint64_t txg;
5585 	int error = 0;
5586 
5587 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
5588 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == 0);
5589 	ASSERT(vd == vd->vdev_top);
5590 
5591 	/*
5592 	 * Evacuate the device.  We don't hold the config lock as writer
5593 	 * since we need to do I/O but we do keep the
5594 	 * spa_namespace_lock held.  Once this completes the device
5595 	 * should no longer have any blocks allocated on it.
5596 	 */
5597 	if (vd->vdev_islog) {
5598 		if (vd->vdev_stat.vs_alloc != 0)
5599 			error = spa_offline_log(spa);
5600 	} else {
5601 		error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
5602 	}
5603 
5604 	if (error)
5605 		return (error);
5606 
5607 	/*
5608 	 * The evacuation succeeded.  Remove any remaining MOS metadata
5609 	 * associated with this vdev, and wait for these changes to sync.
5610 	 */
5611 	ASSERT0(vd->vdev_stat.vs_alloc);
5612 	txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
5613 	vd->vdev_removing = B_TRUE;
5614 	vdev_dirty_leaves(vd, VDD_DTL, txg);
5615 	vdev_config_dirty(vd);
5616 	spa_vdev_config_exit(spa, NULL, txg, 0, FTAG);
5617 
5618 	return (0);
5619 }
5620 
5621 /*
5622  * Complete the removal by cleaning up the namespace.
5623  */
5624 static void
spa_vdev_remove_from_namespace(spa_t * spa,vdev_t * vd)5625 spa_vdev_remove_from_namespace(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
5626 {
5627 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
5628 	uint64_t id = vd->vdev_id;
5629 	boolean_t last_vdev = (id == (rvd->vdev_children - 1));
5630 
5631 	ASSERT(MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock));
5632 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == SCL_ALL);
5633 	ASSERT(vd == vd->vdev_top);
5634 
5635 	/*
5636 	 * Only remove any devices which are empty.
5637 	 */
5638 	if (vd->vdev_stat.vs_alloc != 0)
5639 		return;
5640 
5641 	(void) vdev_label_init(vd, 0, VDEV_LABEL_REMOVE);
5642 
5643 	if (list_link_active(&vd->vdev_state_dirty_node))
5644 		vdev_state_clean(vd);
5645 	if (list_link_active(&vd->vdev_config_dirty_node))
5646 		vdev_config_clean(vd);
5647 
5648 	vdev_free(vd);
5649 
5650 	if (last_vdev) {
5651 		vdev_compact_children(rvd);
5652 	} else {
5653 		vd = vdev_alloc_common(spa, id, 0, &vdev_hole_ops);
5654 		vdev_add_child(rvd, vd);
5655 	}
5656 	vdev_config_dirty(rvd);
5657 
5658 	/*
5659 	 * Reassess the health of our root vdev.
5660 	 */
5661 	vdev_reopen(rvd);
5662 }
5663 
5664 /*
5665  * Remove a device from the pool -
5666  *
5667  * Removing a device from the vdev namespace requires several steps
5668  * and can take a significant amount of time.  As a result we use
5669  * the spa_vdev_config_[enter/exit] functions which allow us to
5670  * grab and release the spa_config_lock while still holding the namespace
5671  * lock.  During each step the configuration is synced out.
5672  *
5673  * Currently, this supports removing only hot spares, slogs, and level 2 ARC
5674  * devices.
5675  */
5676 int
spa_vdev_remove(spa_t * spa,uint64_t guid,boolean_t unspare)5677 spa_vdev_remove(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, boolean_t unspare)
5678 {
5679 	vdev_t *vd;
5680 	sysevent_t *ev = NULL;
5681 	metaslab_group_t *mg;
5682 	nvlist_t **spares, **l2cache, *nv;
5683 	uint64_t txg = 0;
5684 	uint_t nspares, nl2cache;
5685 	int error = 0;
5686 	boolean_t locked = MUTEX_HELD(&spa_namespace_lock);
5687 
5688 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
5689 
5690 	if (!locked)
5691 		txg = spa_vdev_enter(spa);
5692 
5693 	vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_FALSE);
5694 
5695 	if (spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs != NULL &&
5696 	    nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
5697 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, &spares, &nspares) == 0 &&
5698 	    (nv = spa_nvlist_lookup_by_guid(spares, nspares, guid)) != NULL) {
5699 		/*
5700 		 * Only remove the hot spare if it's not currently in use
5701 		 * in this pool.
5702 		 */
5703 		if (vd == NULL || unspare) {
5704 			if (vd == NULL)
5705 				vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_TRUE);
5706 			ev = spa_event_create(spa, vd, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_REMOVE_AUX);
5707 			spa_vdev_remove_aux(spa->spa_spares.sav_config,
5708 			    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, spares, nspares, nv);
5709 			spa_load_spares(spa);
5710 			spa->spa_spares.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
5711 		} else {
5712 			error = SET_ERROR(EBUSY);
5713 		}
5714 	} else if (spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs != NULL &&
5715 	    nvlist_lookup_nvlist_array(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
5716 	    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, &l2cache, &nl2cache) == 0 &&
5717 	    (nv = spa_nvlist_lookup_by_guid(l2cache, nl2cache, guid)) != NULL) {
5718 		/*
5719 		 * Cache devices can always be removed.
5720 		 */
5721 		vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_TRUE);
5722 		ev = spa_event_create(spa, vd, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_REMOVE_AUX);
5723 		spa_vdev_remove_aux(spa->spa_l2cache.sav_config,
5724 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, l2cache, nl2cache, nv);
5725 		spa_load_l2cache(spa);
5726 		spa->spa_l2cache.sav_sync = B_TRUE;
5727 	} else if (vd != NULL && vd->vdev_islog) {
5728 		ASSERT(!locked);
5729 		ASSERT(vd == vd->vdev_top);
5730 
5731 		mg = vd->vdev_mg;
5732 
5733 		/*
5734 		 * Stop allocating from this vdev.
5735 		 */
5736 		metaslab_group_passivate(mg);
5737 
5738 		/*
5739 		 * Wait for the youngest allocations and frees to sync,
5740 		 * and then wait for the deferral of those frees to finish.
5741 		 */
5742 		spa_vdev_config_exit(spa, NULL,
5743 		    txg + TXG_CONCURRENT_STATES + TXG_DEFER_SIZE, 0, FTAG);
5744 
5745 		/*
5746 		 * Attempt to evacuate the vdev.
5747 		 */
5748 		error = spa_vdev_remove_evacuate(spa, vd);
5749 
5750 		txg = spa_vdev_config_enter(spa);
5751 
5752 		/*
5753 		 * If we couldn't evacuate the vdev, unwind.
5754 		 */
5755 		if (error) {
5756 			metaslab_group_activate(mg);
5757 			return (spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error));
5758 		}
5759 
5760 		/*
5761 		 * Clean up the vdev namespace.
5762 		 */
5763 		ev = spa_event_create(spa, vd, ESC_ZFS_VDEV_REMOVE_DEV);
5764 		spa_vdev_remove_from_namespace(spa, vd);
5765 
5766 	} else if (vd != NULL) {
5767 		/*
5768 		 * Normal vdevs cannot be removed (yet).
5769 		 */
5770 		error = SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP);
5771 	} else {
5772 		/*
5773 		 * There is no vdev of any kind with the specified guid.
5774 		 */
5775 		error = SET_ERROR(ENOENT);
5776 	}
5777 
5778 	if (!locked)
5779 		error = spa_vdev_exit(spa, NULL, txg, error);
5780 
5781 	if (ev)
5782 		spa_event_post(ev);
5783 
5784 	return (error);
5785 }
5786 
5787 /*
5788  * Find any device that's done replacing, or a vdev marked 'unspare' that's
5789  * currently spared, so we can detach it.
5790  */
5791 static vdev_t *
spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vdev_t * vd)5792 spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vdev_t *vd)
5793 {
5794 	vdev_t *newvd, *oldvd;
5795 
5796 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) {
5797 		oldvd = spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(vd->vdev_child[c]);
5798 		if (oldvd != NULL)
5799 			return (oldvd);
5800 	}
5801 
5802 	/*
5803 	 * Check for a completed replacement.  We always consider the first
5804 	 * vdev in the list to be the oldest vdev, and the last one to be
5805 	 * the newest (see spa_vdev_attach() for how that works).  In
5806 	 * the case where the newest vdev is faulted, we will not automatically
5807 	 * remove it after a resilver completes.  This is OK as it will require
5808 	 * user intervention to determine which disk the admin wishes to keep.
5809 	 */
5810 	if (vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops) {
5811 		ASSERT(vd->vdev_children > 1);
5812 
5813 		newvd = vd->vdev_child[vd->vdev_children - 1];
5814 		oldvd = vd->vdev_child[0];
5815 
5816 		if (vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_MISSING) &&
5817 		    vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_OUTAGE) &&
5818 		    !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd))
5819 			return (oldvd);
5820 	}
5821 
5822 	/*
5823 	 * Check for a completed resilver with the 'unspare' flag set.
5824 	 */
5825 	if (vd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops) {
5826 		vdev_t *first = vd->vdev_child[0];
5827 		vdev_t *last = vd->vdev_child[vd->vdev_children - 1];
5828 
5829 		if (last->vdev_unspare) {
5830 			oldvd = first;
5831 			newvd = last;
5832 		} else if (first->vdev_unspare) {
5833 			oldvd = last;
5834 			newvd = first;
5835 		} else {
5836 			oldvd = NULL;
5837 		}
5838 
5839 		if (oldvd != NULL &&
5840 		    vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_MISSING) &&
5841 		    vdev_dtl_empty(newvd, DTL_OUTAGE) &&
5842 		    !vdev_dtl_required(oldvd))
5843 			return (oldvd);
5844 
5845 		/*
5846 		 * If there are more than two spares attached to a disk,
5847 		 * and those spares are not required, then we want to
5848 		 * attempt to free them up now so that they can be used
5849 		 * by other pools.  Once we're back down to a single
5850 		 * disk+spare, we stop removing them.
5851 		 */
5852 		if (vd->vdev_children > 2) {
5853 			newvd = vd->vdev_child[1];
5854 
5855 			if (newvd->vdev_isspare && last->vdev_isspare &&
5856 			    vdev_dtl_empty(last, DTL_MISSING) &&
5857 			    vdev_dtl_empty(last, DTL_OUTAGE) &&
5858 			    !vdev_dtl_required(newvd))
5859 				return (newvd);
5860 		}
5861 	}
5862 
5863 	return (NULL);
5864 }
5865 
5866 static void
spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t * spa)5867 spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa_t *spa)
5868 {
5869 	vdev_t *vd, *pvd, *ppvd;
5870 	uint64_t guid, sguid, pguid, ppguid;
5871 
5872 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5873 
5874 	while ((vd = spa_vdev_resilver_done_hunt(spa->spa_root_vdev)) != NULL) {
5875 		pvd = vd->vdev_parent;
5876 		ppvd = pvd->vdev_parent;
5877 		guid = vd->vdev_guid;
5878 		pguid = pvd->vdev_guid;
5879 		ppguid = ppvd->vdev_guid;
5880 		sguid = 0;
5881 		/*
5882 		 * If we have just finished replacing a hot spared device, then
5883 		 * we need to detach the parent's first child (the original hot
5884 		 * spare) as well.
5885 		 */
5886 		if (ppvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_spare_ops && pvd->vdev_id == 0 &&
5887 		    ppvd->vdev_children == 2) {
5888 			ASSERT(pvd->vdev_ops == &vdev_replacing_ops);
5889 			sguid = ppvd->vdev_child[1]->vdev_guid;
5890 		}
5891 		ASSERT(vd->vdev_resilver_txg == 0 || !vdev_dtl_required(vd));
5892 
5893 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5894 		if (spa_vdev_detach(spa, guid, pguid, B_TRUE) != 0)
5895 			return;
5896 		if (sguid && spa_vdev_detach(spa, sguid, ppguid, B_TRUE) != 0)
5897 			return;
5898 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
5899 	}
5900 
5901 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
5902 }
5903 
5904 /*
5905  * Update the stored path or FRU for this vdev.
5906  */
5907 int
spa_vdev_set_common(spa_t * spa,uint64_t guid,const char * value,boolean_t ispath)5908 spa_vdev_set_common(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, const char *value,
5909     boolean_t ispath)
5910 {
5911 	vdev_t *vd;
5912 	boolean_t sync = B_FALSE;
5913 
5914 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
5915 
5916 	spa_vdev_state_enter(spa, SCL_ALL);
5917 
5918 	if ((vd = spa_lookup_by_guid(spa, guid, B_TRUE)) == NULL)
5919 		return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, ENOENT));
5920 
5921 	if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf)
5922 		return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, ENOTSUP));
5923 
5924 	if (ispath) {
5925 		if (strcmp(value, vd->vdev_path) != 0) {
5926 			spa_strfree(vd->vdev_path);
5927 			vd->vdev_path = spa_strdup(value);
5928 			sync = B_TRUE;
5929 		}
5930 	} else {
5931 		if (vd->vdev_fru == NULL) {
5932 			vd->vdev_fru = spa_strdup(value);
5933 			sync = B_TRUE;
5934 		} else if (strcmp(value, vd->vdev_fru) != 0) {
5935 			spa_strfree(vd->vdev_fru);
5936 			vd->vdev_fru = spa_strdup(value);
5937 			sync = B_TRUE;
5938 		}
5939 	}
5940 
5941 	return (spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, sync ? vd : NULL, 0));
5942 }
5943 
5944 int
spa_vdev_setpath(spa_t * spa,uint64_t guid,const char * newpath)5945 spa_vdev_setpath(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, const char *newpath)
5946 {
5947 	return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa, guid, newpath, B_TRUE));
5948 }
5949 
5950 int
spa_vdev_setfru(spa_t * spa,uint64_t guid,const char * newfru)5951 spa_vdev_setfru(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, const char *newfru)
5952 {
5953 	return (spa_vdev_set_common(spa, guid, newfru, B_FALSE));
5954 }
5955 
5956 /*
5957  * ==========================================================================
5958  * SPA Scanning
5959  * ==========================================================================
5960  */
5961 
5962 int
spa_scan_stop(spa_t * spa)5963 spa_scan_stop(spa_t *spa)
5964 {
5965 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == 0);
5966 	if (dsl_scan_resilvering(spa->spa_dsl_pool))
5967 		return (SET_ERROR(EBUSY));
5968 	return (dsl_scan_cancel(spa->spa_dsl_pool));
5969 }
5970 
5971 int
spa_scan(spa_t * spa,pool_scan_func_t func)5972 spa_scan(spa_t *spa, pool_scan_func_t func)
5973 {
5974 	ASSERT(spa_config_held(spa, SCL_ALL, RW_WRITER) == 0);
5975 
5976 	if (func >= POOL_SCAN_FUNCS || func == POOL_SCAN_NONE)
5977 		return (SET_ERROR(ENOTSUP));
5978 
5979 	/*
5980 	 * If a resilver was requested, but there is no DTL on a
5981 	 * writeable leaf device, we have nothing to do.
5982 	 */
5983 	if (func == POOL_SCAN_RESILVER &&
5984 	    !vdev_resilver_needed(spa->spa_root_vdev, NULL, NULL)) {
5985 		spa_async_request(spa, SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE);
5986 		return (0);
5987 	}
5988 
5989 	return (dsl_scan(spa->spa_dsl_pool, func));
5990 }
5991 
5992 /*
5993  * ==========================================================================
5994  * SPA async task processing
5995  * ==========================================================================
5996  */
5997 
5998 static void
spa_async_remove(spa_t * spa,vdev_t * vd)5999 spa_async_remove(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
6000 {
6001 	if (vd->vdev_remove_wanted) {
6002 		vd->vdev_remove_wanted = B_FALSE;
6003 		vd->vdev_delayed_close = B_FALSE;
6004 		vdev_set_state(vd, B_FALSE, VDEV_STATE_REMOVED, VDEV_AUX_NONE);
6005 
6006 		/*
6007 		 * We want to clear the stats, but we don't want to do a full
6008 		 * vdev_clear() as that will cause us to throw away
6009 		 * degraded/faulted state as well as attempt to reopen the
6010 		 * device, all of which is a waste.
6011 		 */
6012 		vd->vdev_stat.vs_read_errors = 0;
6013 		vd->vdev_stat.vs_write_errors = 0;
6014 		vd->vdev_stat.vs_checksum_errors = 0;
6015 
6016 		vdev_state_dirty(vd->vdev_top);
6017 		/* Tell userspace that the vdev is gone. */
6018 		zfs_post_remove(spa, vd);
6019 	}
6020 
6021 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
6022 		spa_async_remove(spa, vd->vdev_child[c]);
6023 }
6024 
6025 static void
spa_async_probe(spa_t * spa,vdev_t * vd)6026 spa_async_probe(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
6027 {
6028 	if (vd->vdev_probe_wanted) {
6029 		vd->vdev_probe_wanted = B_FALSE;
6030 		vdev_reopen(vd);	/* vdev_open() does the actual probe */
6031 	}
6032 
6033 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++)
6034 		spa_async_probe(spa, vd->vdev_child[c]);
6035 }
6036 
6037 static void
spa_async_autoexpand(spa_t * spa,vdev_t * vd)6038 spa_async_autoexpand(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd)
6039 {
6040 	sysevent_id_t eid;
6041 	nvlist_t *attr;
6042 	char *physpath;
6043 
6044 	if (!spa->spa_autoexpand)
6045 		return;
6046 
6047 	for (int c = 0; c < vd->vdev_children; c++) {
6048 		vdev_t *cvd = vd->vdev_child[c];
6049 		spa_async_autoexpand(spa, cvd);
6050 	}
6051 
6052 	if (!vd->vdev_ops->vdev_op_leaf || vd->vdev_physpath == NULL)
6053 		return;
6054 
6055 	physpath = kmem_zalloc(MAXPATHLEN, KM_SLEEP);
6056 	(void) snprintf(physpath, MAXPATHLEN, "/devices%s", vd->vdev_physpath);
6057 
6058 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&attr, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
6059 	VERIFY(nvlist_add_string(attr, DEV_PHYS_PATH, physpath) == 0);
6060 
6061 	(void) ddi_log_sysevent(zfs_dip, SUNW_VENDOR, EC_DEV_STATUS,
6062 	    ESC_ZFS_VDEV_AUTOEXPAND, attr, &eid, DDI_SLEEP);
6063 
6064 	nvlist_free(attr);
6065 	kmem_free(physpath, MAXPATHLEN);
6066 }
6067 
6068 static void
spa_async_thread(void * arg)6069 spa_async_thread(void *arg)
6070 {
6071 	spa_t *spa = arg;
6072 	int tasks;
6073 
6074 	ASSERT(spa->spa_sync_on);
6075 
6076 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6077 	tasks = spa->spa_async_tasks;
6078 	spa->spa_async_tasks &= SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE;
6079 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6080 
6081 	/*
6082 	 * See if the config needs to be updated.
6083 	 */
6084 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE) {
6085 		uint64_t old_space, new_space;
6086 
6087 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6088 		old_space = metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa));
6089 		spa_config_update(spa, SPA_CONFIG_UPDATE_POOL);
6090 		new_space = metaslab_class_get_space(spa_normal_class(spa));
6091 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6092 
6093 		/*
6094 		 * If the pool grew as a result of the config update,
6095 		 * then log an internal history event.
6096 		 */
6097 		if (new_space != old_space) {
6098 			spa_history_log_internal(spa, "vdev online", NULL,
6099 			    "pool '%s' size: %llu(+%llu)",
6100 			    spa_name(spa), new_space, new_space - old_space);
6101 		}
6102 	}
6103 
6104 	if ((tasks & SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND) && !spa_suspended(spa)) {
6105 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
6106 		spa_async_autoexpand(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev);
6107 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
6108 	}
6109 
6110 	/*
6111 	 * See if any devices need to be probed.
6112 	 */
6113 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_PROBE) {
6114 		spa_vdev_state_enter(spa, SCL_NONE);
6115 		spa_async_probe(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev);
6116 		(void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, 0);
6117 	}
6118 
6119 	/*
6120 	 * If any devices are done replacing, detach them.
6121 	 */
6122 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER_DONE)
6123 		spa_vdev_resilver_done(spa);
6124 
6125 	/*
6126 	 * Kick off a resilver.
6127 	 */
6128 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_RESILVER)
6129 		dsl_resilver_restart(spa->spa_dsl_pool, 0);
6130 
6131 	/*
6132 	 * Let the world know that we're done.
6133 	 */
6134 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6135 	spa->spa_async_thread = NULL;
6136 	cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_async_cv);
6137 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6138 	thread_exit();
6139 }
6140 
6141 static void
spa_async_thread_vd(void * arg)6142 spa_async_thread_vd(void *arg)
6143 {
6144 	spa_t *spa = arg;
6145 	int tasks;
6146 
6147 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6148 	tasks = spa->spa_async_tasks;
6149 retry:
6150 	spa->spa_async_tasks &= ~SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE;
6151 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6152 
6153 	/*
6154 	 * See if any devices need to be marked REMOVED.
6155 	 */
6156 	if (tasks & SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE) {
6157 		spa_vdev_state_enter(spa, SCL_NONE);
6158 		spa_async_remove(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev);
6159 		for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++)
6160 			spa_async_remove(spa, spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i]);
6161 		for (int i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++)
6162 			spa_async_remove(spa, spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i]);
6163 		(void) spa_vdev_state_exit(spa, NULL, 0);
6164 	}
6165 
6166 	/*
6167 	 * Let the world know that we're done.
6168 	 */
6169 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6170 	tasks = spa->spa_async_tasks;
6171 	if ((tasks & SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE) != 0)
6172 		goto retry;
6173 	spa->spa_async_thread_vd = NULL;
6174 	cv_broadcast(&spa->spa_async_cv);
6175 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6176 	thread_exit();
6177 }
6178 
6179 void
spa_async_suspend(spa_t * spa)6180 spa_async_suspend(spa_t *spa)
6181 {
6182 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6183 	spa->spa_async_suspended++;
6184 	while (spa->spa_async_thread != NULL &&
6185 	    spa->spa_async_thread_vd != NULL)
6186 		cv_wait(&spa->spa_async_cv, &spa->spa_async_lock);
6187 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6188 }
6189 
6190 void
spa_async_resume(spa_t * spa)6191 spa_async_resume(spa_t *spa)
6192 {
6193 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6194 	ASSERT(spa->spa_async_suspended != 0);
6195 	spa->spa_async_suspended--;
6196 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6197 }
6198 
6199 static boolean_t
spa_async_tasks_pending(spa_t * spa)6200 spa_async_tasks_pending(spa_t *spa)
6201 {
6202 	uint_t non_config_tasks;
6203 	uint_t config_task;
6204 	boolean_t config_task_suspended;
6205 
6206 	non_config_tasks = spa->spa_async_tasks & ~(SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE |
6207 	    SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE);
6208 	config_task = spa->spa_async_tasks & SPA_ASYNC_CONFIG_UPDATE;
6209 	if (spa->spa_ccw_fail_time == 0) {
6210 		config_task_suspended = B_FALSE;
6211 	} else {
6212 		config_task_suspended =
6213 		    (gethrtime() - spa->spa_ccw_fail_time) <
6214 		    (zfs_ccw_retry_interval * NANOSEC);
6215 	}
6216 
6217 	return (non_config_tasks || (config_task && !config_task_suspended));
6218 }
6219 
6220 static void
spa_async_dispatch(spa_t * spa)6221 spa_async_dispatch(spa_t *spa)
6222 {
6223 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6224 	if (spa_async_tasks_pending(spa) &&
6225 	    !spa->spa_async_suspended &&
6226 	    spa->spa_async_thread == NULL &&
6227 	    rootdir != NULL)
6228 		spa->spa_async_thread = thread_create(NULL, 0,
6229 		    spa_async_thread, spa, 0, &p0, TS_RUN, maxclsyspri);
6230 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6231 }
6232 
6233 static void
spa_async_dispatch_vd(spa_t * spa)6234 spa_async_dispatch_vd(spa_t *spa)
6235 {
6236 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6237 	if ((spa->spa_async_tasks & SPA_ASYNC_REMOVE) != 0 &&
6238 	    !spa->spa_async_suspended &&
6239 	    spa->spa_async_thread_vd == NULL &&
6240 	    rootdir != NULL)
6241 		spa->spa_async_thread_vd = thread_create(NULL, 0,
6242 		    spa_async_thread_vd, spa, 0, &p0, TS_RUN, maxclsyspri);
6243 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6244 }
6245 
6246 void
spa_async_request(spa_t * spa,int task)6247 spa_async_request(spa_t *spa, int task)
6248 {
6249 	zfs_dbgmsg("spa=%s async request task=%u", spa->spa_name, task);
6250 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6251 	spa->spa_async_tasks |= task;
6252 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_async_lock);
6253 	spa_async_dispatch_vd(spa);
6254 }
6255 
6256 /*
6257  * ==========================================================================
6258  * SPA syncing routines
6259  * ==========================================================================
6260  */
6261 
6262 static int
bpobj_enqueue_cb(void * arg,const blkptr_t * bp,dmu_tx_t * tx)6263 bpobj_enqueue_cb(void *arg, const blkptr_t *bp, dmu_tx_t *tx)
6264 {
6265 	bpobj_t *bpo = arg;
6266 	bpobj_enqueue(bpo, bp, tx);
6267 	return (0);
6268 }
6269 
6270 static int
spa_free_sync_cb(void * arg,const blkptr_t * bp,dmu_tx_t * tx)6271 spa_free_sync_cb(void *arg, const blkptr_t *bp, dmu_tx_t *tx)
6272 {
6273 	zio_t *zio = arg;
6274 
6275 	zio_nowait(zio_free_sync(zio, zio->io_spa, dmu_tx_get_txg(tx), bp,
6276 	    BP_GET_PSIZE(bp), zio->io_flags));
6277 	return (0);
6278 }
6279 
6280 /*
6281  * Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the
6282  * amount of time spent syncing frees.
6283  */
6284 static void
spa_sync_frees(spa_t * spa,bplist_t * bpl,dmu_tx_t * tx)6285 spa_sync_frees(spa_t *spa, bplist_t *bpl, dmu_tx_t *tx)
6286 {
6287 	zio_t *zio = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL, 0);
6288 	bplist_iterate(bpl, spa_free_sync_cb, zio, tx);
6289 	VERIFY(zio_wait(zio) == 0);
6290 }
6291 
6292 /*
6293  * Note: this simple function is not inlined to make it easier to dtrace the
6294  * amount of time spent syncing deferred frees.
6295  */
6296 static void
spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa_t * spa,dmu_tx_t * tx)6297 spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
6298 {
6299 	zio_t *zio = zio_root(spa, NULL, NULL, 0);
6300 	VERIFY3U(bpobj_iterate(&spa->spa_deferred_bpobj,
6301 	    spa_free_sync_cb, zio, tx), ==, 0);
6302 	VERIFY0(zio_wait(zio));
6303 }
6304 
6305 
6306 static void
spa_sync_nvlist(spa_t * spa,uint64_t obj,nvlist_t * nv,dmu_tx_t * tx)6307 spa_sync_nvlist(spa_t *spa, uint64_t obj, nvlist_t *nv, dmu_tx_t *tx)
6308 {
6309 	char *packed = NULL;
6310 	size_t bufsize;
6311 	size_t nvsize = 0;
6312 	dmu_buf_t *db;
6313 
6314 	VERIFY(nvlist_size(nv, &nvsize, NV_ENCODE_XDR) == 0);
6315 
6316 	/*
6317 	 * Write full (SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE) blocks of configuration
6318 	 * information.  This avoids the dmu_buf_will_dirty() path and
6319 	 * saves us a pre-read to get data we don't actually care about.
6320 	 */
6321 	bufsize = P2ROUNDUP((uint64_t)nvsize, SPA_CONFIG_BLOCKSIZE);
6322 	packed = kmem_alloc(bufsize, KM_SLEEP);
6323 
6324 	VERIFY(nvlist_pack(nv, &packed, &nvsize, NV_ENCODE_XDR,
6325 	    KM_SLEEP) == 0);
6326 	bzero(packed + nvsize, bufsize - nvsize);
6327 
6328 	dmu_write(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, 0, bufsize, packed, tx);
6329 
6330 	kmem_free(packed, bufsize);
6331 
6332 	VERIFY(0 == dmu_bonus_hold(spa->spa_meta_objset, obj, FTAG, &db));
6333 	dmu_buf_will_dirty(db, tx);
6334 	*(uint64_t *)db->db_data = nvsize;
6335 	dmu_buf_rele(db, FTAG);
6336 }
6337 
6338 static void
spa_sync_aux_dev(spa_t * spa,spa_aux_vdev_t * sav,dmu_tx_t * tx,const char * config,const char * entry)6339 spa_sync_aux_dev(spa_t *spa, spa_aux_vdev_t *sav, dmu_tx_t *tx,
6340     const char *config, const char *entry)
6341 {
6342 	nvlist_t *nvroot;
6343 	nvlist_t **list;
6344 	int i;
6345 
6346 	if (!sav->sav_sync)
6347 		return;
6348 
6349 	/*
6350 	 * Update the MOS nvlist describing the list of available devices.
6351 	 * spa_validate_aux() will have already made sure this nvlist is
6352 	 * valid and the vdevs are labeled appropriately.
6353 	 */
6354 	if (sav->sav_object == 0) {
6355 		sav->sav_object = dmu_object_alloc(spa->spa_meta_objset,
6356 		    DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST, 1 << 14, DMU_OT_PACKED_NVLIST_SIZE,
6357 		    sizeof (uint64_t), tx);
6358 		VERIFY(zap_update(spa->spa_meta_objset,
6359 		    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, entry, sizeof (uint64_t), 1,
6360 		    &sav->sav_object, tx) == 0);
6361 	}
6362 
6363 	VERIFY(nvlist_alloc(&nvroot, NV_UNIQUE_NAME, KM_SLEEP) == 0);
6364 	if (sav->sav_count == 0) {
6365 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, config, NULL, 0) == 0);
6366 	} else {
6367 		list = kmem_alloc(sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *), KM_SLEEP);
6368 		for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
6369 			list[i] = vdev_config_generate(spa, sav->sav_vdevs[i],
6370 			    B_FALSE, VDEV_CONFIG_L2CACHE);
6371 		VERIFY(nvlist_add_nvlist_array(nvroot, config, list,
6372 		    sav->sav_count) == 0);
6373 		for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
6374 			nvlist_free(list[i]);
6375 		kmem_free(list, sav->sav_count * sizeof (void *));
6376 	}
6377 
6378 	spa_sync_nvlist(spa, sav->sav_object, nvroot, tx);
6379 	nvlist_free(nvroot);
6380 
6381 	sav->sav_sync = B_FALSE;
6382 }
6383 
6384 static void
spa_sync_config_object(spa_t * spa,dmu_tx_t * tx)6385 spa_sync_config_object(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
6386 {
6387 	nvlist_t *config;
6388 
6389 	if (list_is_empty(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list))
6390 		return;
6391 
6392 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
6393 
6394 	config = spa_config_generate(spa, spa->spa_root_vdev,
6395 	    dmu_tx_get_txg(tx), B_FALSE);
6396 
6397 	/*
6398 	 * If we're upgrading the spa version then make sure that
6399 	 * the config object gets updated with the correct version.
6400 	 */
6401 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version)
6402 		fnvlist_add_uint64(config, ZPOOL_CONFIG_VERSION,
6403 		    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version);
6404 
6405 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6406 
6407 	nvlist_free(spa->spa_config_syncing);
6408 	spa->spa_config_syncing = config;
6409 
6410 	spa_sync_nvlist(spa, spa->spa_config_object, config, tx);
6411 }
6412 
6413 static void
spa_sync_version(void * arg,dmu_tx_t * tx)6414 spa_sync_version(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
6415 {
6416 	uint64_t *versionp = arg;
6417 	uint64_t version = *versionp;
6418 	spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
6419 
6420 	/*
6421 	 * Setting the version is special cased when first creating the pool.
6422 	 */
6423 	ASSERT(tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL);
6424 
6425 	ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(version));
6426 	ASSERT(version >= spa_version(spa));
6427 
6428 	spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version = version;
6429 	vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
6430 	spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx, "version=%lld", version);
6431 }
6432 
6433 /*
6434  * Set zpool properties.
6435  */
6436 static void
spa_sync_props(void * arg,dmu_tx_t * tx)6437 spa_sync_props(void *arg, dmu_tx_t *tx)
6438 {
6439 	nvlist_t *nvp = arg;
6440 	spa_t *spa = dmu_tx_pool(tx)->dp_spa;
6441 	objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset;
6442 	nvpair_t *elem = NULL;
6443 
6444 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_props_lock);
6445 
6446 	while ((elem = nvlist_next_nvpair(nvp, elem))) {
6447 		uint64_t intval;
6448 		char *strval, *fname;
6449 		zpool_prop_t prop;
6450 		const char *propname;
6451 		zprop_type_t proptype;
6452 		spa_feature_t fid;
6453 
6454 		switch (prop = zpool_name_to_prop(nvpair_name(elem))) {
6455 		case ZPROP_INVAL:
6456 			/*
6457 			 * We checked this earlier in spa_prop_validate().
6458 			 */
6459 			ASSERT(zpool_prop_feature(nvpair_name(elem)));
6460 
6461 			fname = strchr(nvpair_name(elem), '@') + 1;
6462 			VERIFY0(zfeature_lookup_name(fname, &fid));
6463 
6464 			spa_feature_enable(spa, fid, tx);
6465 			spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
6466 			    "%s=enabled", nvpair_name(elem));
6467 			break;
6468 
6469 		case ZPOOL_PROP_VERSION:
6470 			intval = fnvpair_value_uint64(elem);
6471 			/*
6472 			 * The version is synced seperatly before other
6473 			 * properties and should be correct by now.
6474 			 */
6475 			ASSERT3U(spa_version(spa), >=, intval);
6476 			break;
6477 
6478 		case ZPOOL_PROP_ALTROOT:
6479 			/*
6480 			 * 'altroot' is a non-persistent property. It should
6481 			 * have been set temporarily at creation or import time.
6482 			 */
6483 			ASSERT(spa->spa_root != NULL);
6484 			break;
6485 
6486 		case ZPOOL_PROP_READONLY:
6487 		case ZPOOL_PROP_CACHEFILE:
6488 			/*
6489 			 * 'readonly' and 'cachefile' are also non-persisitent
6490 			 * properties.
6491 			 */
6492 			break;
6493 		case ZPOOL_PROP_COMMENT:
6494 			strval = fnvpair_value_string(elem);
6495 			if (spa->spa_comment != NULL)
6496 				spa_strfree(spa->spa_comment);
6497 			spa->spa_comment = spa_strdup(strval);
6498 			/*
6499 			 * We need to dirty the configuration on all the vdevs
6500 			 * so that their labels get updated.  It's unnecessary
6501 			 * to do this for pool creation since the vdev's
6502 			 * configuratoin has already been dirtied.
6503 			 */
6504 			if (tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL)
6505 				vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
6506 			spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
6507 			    "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem), strval);
6508 			break;
6509 		default:
6510 			/*
6511 			 * Set pool property values in the poolprops mos object.
6512 			 */
6513 			if (spa->spa_pool_props_object == 0) {
6514 				spa->spa_pool_props_object =
6515 				    zap_create_link(mos, DMU_OT_POOL_PROPS,
6516 				    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_PROPS,
6517 				    tx);
6518 			}
6519 
6520 			/* normalize the property name */
6521 			propname = zpool_prop_to_name(prop);
6522 			proptype = zpool_prop_get_type(prop);
6523 
6524 			if (nvpair_type(elem) == DATA_TYPE_STRING) {
6525 				ASSERT(proptype == PROP_TYPE_STRING);
6526 				strval = fnvpair_value_string(elem);
6527 				VERIFY0(zap_update(mos,
6528 				    spa->spa_pool_props_object, propname,
6529 				    1, strlen(strval) + 1, strval, tx));
6530 				spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
6531 				    "%s=%s", nvpair_name(elem), strval);
6532 			} else if (nvpair_type(elem) == DATA_TYPE_UINT64) {
6533 				intval = fnvpair_value_uint64(elem);
6534 
6535 				if (proptype == PROP_TYPE_INDEX) {
6536 					const char *unused;
6537 					VERIFY0(zpool_prop_index_to_string(
6538 					    prop, intval, &unused));
6539 				}
6540 				VERIFY0(zap_update(mos,
6541 				    spa->spa_pool_props_object, propname,
6542 				    8, 1, &intval, tx));
6543 				spa_history_log_internal(spa, "set", tx,
6544 				    "%s=%lld", nvpair_name(elem), intval);
6545 			} else {
6546 				ASSERT(0); /* not allowed */
6547 			}
6548 
6549 			switch (prop) {
6550 			case ZPOOL_PROP_DELEGATION:
6551 				spa->spa_delegation = intval;
6552 				break;
6553 			case ZPOOL_PROP_BOOTFS:
6554 				spa->spa_bootfs = intval;
6555 				break;
6556 			case ZPOOL_PROP_FAILUREMODE:
6557 				spa->spa_failmode = intval;
6558 				break;
6559 			case ZPOOL_PROP_AUTOEXPAND:
6560 				spa->spa_autoexpand = intval;
6561 				if (tx->tx_txg != TXG_INITIAL)
6562 					spa_async_request(spa,
6563 					    SPA_ASYNC_AUTOEXPAND);
6564 				break;
6565 			case ZPOOL_PROP_DEDUPDITTO:
6566 				spa->spa_dedup_ditto = intval;
6567 				break;
6568 			default:
6569 				break;
6570 			}
6571 		}
6572 
6573 	}
6574 
6575 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_props_lock);
6576 }
6577 
6578 /*
6579  * Perform one-time upgrade on-disk changes.  spa_version() does not
6580  * reflect the new version this txg, so there must be no changes this
6581  * txg to anything that the upgrade code depends on after it executes.
6582  * Therefore this must be called after dsl_pool_sync() does the sync
6583  * tasks.
6584  */
6585 static void
spa_sync_upgrades(spa_t * spa,dmu_tx_t * tx)6586 spa_sync_upgrades(spa_t *spa, dmu_tx_t *tx)
6587 {
6588 	dsl_pool_t *dp = spa->spa_dsl_pool;
6589 
6590 	ASSERT(spa->spa_sync_pass == 1);
6591 
6592 	rrw_enter(&dp->dp_config_rwlock, RW_WRITER, FTAG);
6593 
6594 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN &&
6595 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_ORIGIN) {
6596 		dsl_pool_create_origin(dp, tx);
6597 
6598 		/* Keeping the origin open increases spa_minref */
6599 		spa->spa_minref += 3;
6600 	}
6601 
6602 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES &&
6603 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_NEXT_CLONES) {
6604 		dsl_pool_upgrade_clones(dp, tx);
6605 	}
6606 
6607 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES &&
6608 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_DIR_CLONES) {
6609 		dsl_pool_upgrade_dir_clones(dp, tx);
6610 
6611 		/* Keeping the freedir open increases spa_minref */
6612 		spa->spa_minref += 3;
6613 	}
6614 
6615 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_FEATURES &&
6616 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
6617 		spa_feature_create_zap_objects(spa, tx);
6618 	}
6619 
6620 	/*
6621 	 * LZ4_COMPRESS feature's behaviour was changed to activate_on_enable
6622 	 * when possibility to use lz4 compression for metadata was added
6623 	 * Old pools that have this feature enabled must be upgraded to have
6624 	 * this feature active
6625 	 */
6626 	if (spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_FEATURES) {
6627 		boolean_t lz4_en = spa_feature_is_enabled(spa,
6628 		    SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS);
6629 		boolean_t lz4_ac = spa_feature_is_active(spa,
6630 		    SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS);
6631 
6632 		if (lz4_en && !lz4_ac)
6633 			spa_feature_incr(spa, SPA_FEATURE_LZ4_COMPRESS, tx);
6634 	}
6635 
6636 	/*
6637 	 * If we haven't written the salt, do so now.  Note that the
6638 	 * feature may not be activated yet, but that's fine since
6639 	 * the presence of this ZAP entry is backwards compatible.
6640 	 */
6641 	if (zap_contains(spa->spa_meta_objset, DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT,
6642 	    DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT) == ENOENT) {
6643 		VERIFY0(zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
6644 		    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_CHECKSUM_SALT, 1,
6645 		    sizeof (spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes),
6646 		    spa->spa_cksum_salt.zcs_bytes, tx));
6647 	}
6648 
6649 	rrw_exit(&dp->dp_config_rwlock, FTAG);
6650 }
6651 
6652 /*
6653  * Sync the specified transaction group.  New blocks may be dirtied as
6654  * part of the process, so we iterate until it converges.
6655  */
6656 void
spa_sync(spa_t * spa,uint64_t txg)6657 spa_sync(spa_t *spa, uint64_t txg)
6658 {
6659 	dsl_pool_t *dp = spa->spa_dsl_pool;
6660 	objset_t *mos = spa->spa_meta_objset;
6661 	bplist_t *free_bpl = &spa->spa_free_bplist[txg & TXG_MASK];
6662 	vdev_t *rvd = spa->spa_root_vdev;
6663 	vdev_t *vd;
6664 	dmu_tx_t *tx;
6665 	int error;
6666 	uint32_t max_queue_depth = zfs_vdev_async_write_max_active *
6667 	    zfs_vdev_queue_depth_pct / 100;
6668 
6669 	VERIFY(spa_writeable(spa));
6670 
6671 	/*
6672 	 * Lock out configuration changes.
6673 	 */
6674 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG, RW_READER);
6675 
6676 	spa->spa_syncing_txg = txg;
6677 	spa->spa_sync_pass = 0;
6678 
6679 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_alloc_lock);
6680 	VERIFY0(avl_numnodes(&spa->spa_alloc_tree));
6681 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_alloc_lock);
6682 
6683 	/*
6684 	 * If there are any pending vdev state changes, convert them
6685 	 * into config changes that go out with this transaction group.
6686 	 */
6687 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
6688 	while (list_head(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list) != NULL) {
6689 		/*
6690 		 * We need the write lock here because, for aux vdevs,
6691 		 * calling vdev_config_dirty() modifies sav_config.
6692 		 * This is ugly and will become unnecessary when we
6693 		 * eliminate the aux vdev wart by integrating all vdevs
6694 		 * into the root vdev tree.
6695 		 */
6696 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6697 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
6698 		while ((vd = list_head(&spa->spa_state_dirty_list)) != NULL) {
6699 			vdev_state_clean(vd);
6700 			vdev_config_dirty(vd);
6701 		}
6702 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6703 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_CONFIG | SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
6704 	}
6705 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6706 
6707 	tx = dmu_tx_create_assigned(dp, txg);
6708 
6709 	spa->spa_sync_starttime = gethrtime();
6710 #ifdef illumos
6711 	VERIFY(cyclic_reprogram(spa->spa_deadman_cycid,
6712 	    spa->spa_sync_starttime + spa->spa_deadman_synctime));
6713 #else	/* !illumos */
6714 #ifdef _KERNEL
6715 	callout_schedule(&spa->spa_deadman_cycid,
6716 	    hz * spa->spa_deadman_synctime / NANOSEC);
6717 #endif
6718 #endif	/* illumos */
6719 
6720 	/*
6721 	 * If we are upgrading to SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE this txg,
6722 	 * set spa_deflate if we have no raid-z vdevs.
6723 	 */
6724 	if (spa->spa_ubsync.ub_version < SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE &&
6725 	    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version >= SPA_VERSION_RAIDZ_DEFLATE) {
6726 		int i;
6727 
6728 		for (i = 0; i < rvd->vdev_children; i++) {
6729 			vd = rvd->vdev_child[i];
6730 			if (vd->vdev_deflate_ratio != SPA_MINBLOCKSIZE)
6731 				break;
6732 		}
6733 		if (i == rvd->vdev_children) {
6734 			spa->spa_deflate = TRUE;
6735 			VERIFY(0 == zap_add(spa->spa_meta_objset,
6736 			    DMU_POOL_DIRECTORY_OBJECT, DMU_POOL_DEFLATE,
6737 			    sizeof (uint64_t), 1, &spa->spa_deflate, tx));
6738 		}
6739 	}
6740 
6741 	/*
6742 	 * Set the top-level vdev's max queue depth. Evaluate each
6743 	 * top-level's async write queue depth in case it changed.
6744 	 * The max queue depth will not change in the middle of syncing
6745 	 * out this txg.
6746 	 */
6747 	uint64_t queue_depth_total = 0;
6748 	for (int c = 0; c < rvd->vdev_children; c++) {
6749 		vdev_t *tvd = rvd->vdev_child[c];
6750 		metaslab_group_t *mg = tvd->vdev_mg;
6751 
6752 		if (mg == NULL || mg->mg_class != spa_normal_class(spa) ||
6753 		    !metaslab_group_initialized(mg))
6754 			continue;
6755 
6756 		/*
6757 		 * It is safe to do a lock-free check here because only async
6758 		 * allocations look at mg_max_alloc_queue_depth, and async
6759 		 * allocations all happen from spa_sync().
6760 		 */
6761 		ASSERT0(refcount_count(&mg->mg_alloc_queue_depth));
6762 		mg->mg_max_alloc_queue_depth = max_queue_depth;
6763 		queue_depth_total += mg->mg_max_alloc_queue_depth;
6764 	}
6765 	metaslab_class_t *mc = spa_normal_class(spa);
6766 	ASSERT0(refcount_count(&mc->mc_alloc_slots));
6767 	mc->mc_alloc_max_slots = queue_depth_total;
6768 	mc->mc_alloc_throttle_enabled = zio_dva_throttle_enabled;
6769 
6770 	ASSERT3U(mc->mc_alloc_max_slots, <=,
6771 	    max_queue_depth * rvd->vdev_children);
6772 
6773 	/*
6774 	 * Iterate to convergence.
6775 	 */
6776 	do {
6777 		int pass = ++spa->spa_sync_pass;
6778 
6779 		spa_sync_config_object(spa, tx);
6780 		spa_sync_aux_dev(spa, &spa->spa_spares, tx,
6781 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_SPARES, DMU_POOL_SPARES);
6782 		spa_sync_aux_dev(spa, &spa->spa_l2cache, tx,
6783 		    ZPOOL_CONFIG_L2CACHE, DMU_POOL_L2CACHE);
6784 		spa_errlog_sync(spa, txg);
6785 		dsl_pool_sync(dp, txg);
6786 
6787 		if (pass < zfs_sync_pass_deferred_free) {
6788 			spa_sync_frees(spa, free_bpl, tx);
6789 		} else {
6790 			/*
6791 			 * We can not defer frees in pass 1, because
6792 			 * we sync the deferred frees later in pass 1.
6793 			 */
6794 			ASSERT3U(pass, >, 1);
6795 			bplist_iterate(free_bpl, bpobj_enqueue_cb,
6796 			    &spa->spa_deferred_bpobj, tx);
6797 		}
6798 
6799 		ddt_sync(spa, txg);
6800 		dsl_scan_sync(dp, tx);
6801 
6802 		while (vd = txg_list_remove(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, txg))
6803 			vdev_sync(vd, txg);
6804 
6805 		if (pass == 1) {
6806 			spa_sync_upgrades(spa, tx);
6807 			ASSERT3U(txg, >=,
6808 			    spa->spa_uberblock.ub_rootbp.blk_birth);
6809 			/*
6810 			 * Note: We need to check if the MOS is dirty
6811 			 * because we could have marked the MOS dirty
6812 			 * without updating the uberblock (e.g. if we
6813 			 * have sync tasks but no dirty user data).  We
6814 			 * need to check the uberblock's rootbp because
6815 			 * it is updated if we have synced out dirty
6816 			 * data (though in this case the MOS will most
6817 			 * likely also be dirty due to second order
6818 			 * effects, we don't want to rely on that here).
6819 			 */
6820 			if (spa->spa_uberblock.ub_rootbp.blk_birth < txg &&
6821 			    !dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos, txg)) {
6822 				/*
6823 				 * Nothing changed on the first pass,
6824 				 * therefore this TXG is a no-op.  Avoid
6825 				 * syncing deferred frees, so that we
6826 				 * can keep this TXG as a no-op.
6827 				 */
6828 				ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_datasets,
6829 				    txg));
6830 				ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_dirs, txg));
6831 				ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_sync_tasks, txg));
6832 				break;
6833 			}
6834 			spa_sync_deferred_frees(spa, tx);
6835 		}
6836 
6837 	} while (dmu_objset_is_dirty(mos, txg));
6838 
6839 	/*
6840 	 * Rewrite the vdev configuration (which includes the uberblock)
6841 	 * to commit the transaction group.
6842 	 *
6843 	 * If there are no dirty vdevs, we sync the uberblock to a few
6844 	 * random top-level vdevs that are known to be visible in the
6845 	 * config cache (see spa_vdev_add() for a complete description).
6846 	 * If there *are* dirty vdevs, sync the uberblock to all vdevs.
6847 	 */
6848 	for (;;) {
6849 		/*
6850 		 * We hold SCL_STATE to prevent vdev open/close/etc.
6851 		 * while we're attempting to write the vdev labels.
6852 		 */
6853 		spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG, RW_READER);
6854 
6855 		if (list_is_empty(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list)) {
6856 			vdev_t *svd[SPA_DVAS_PER_BP];
6857 			int svdcount = 0;
6858 			int children = rvd->vdev_children;
6859 			int c0 = spa_get_random(children);
6860 
6861 			for (int c = 0; c < children; c++) {
6862 				vd = rvd->vdev_child[(c0 + c) % children];
6863 				if (vd->vdev_ms_array == 0 || vd->vdev_islog)
6864 					continue;
6865 				svd[svdcount++] = vd;
6866 				if (svdcount == SPA_DVAS_PER_BP)
6867 					break;
6868 			}
6869 			error = vdev_config_sync(svd, svdcount, txg);
6870 		} else {
6871 			error = vdev_config_sync(rvd->vdev_child,
6872 			    rvd->vdev_children, txg);
6873 		}
6874 
6875 		if (error == 0)
6876 			spa->spa_last_synced_guid = rvd->vdev_guid;
6877 
6878 		spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_STATE, FTAG);
6879 
6880 		if (error == 0)
6881 			break;
6882 		zio_suspend(spa, NULL);
6883 		zio_resume_wait(spa);
6884 	}
6885 	dmu_tx_commit(tx);
6886 
6887 #ifdef illumos
6888 	VERIFY(cyclic_reprogram(spa->spa_deadman_cycid, CY_INFINITY));
6889 #else	/* !illumos */
6890 #ifdef _KERNEL
6891 	callout_drain(&spa->spa_deadman_cycid);
6892 #endif
6893 #endif	/* illumos */
6894 
6895 	/*
6896 	 * Clear the dirty config list.
6897 	 */
6898 	while ((vd = list_head(&spa->spa_config_dirty_list)) != NULL)
6899 		vdev_config_clean(vd);
6900 
6901 	/*
6902 	 * Now that the new config has synced transactionally,
6903 	 * let it become visible to the config cache.
6904 	 */
6905 	if (spa->spa_config_syncing != NULL) {
6906 		spa_config_set(spa, spa->spa_config_syncing);
6907 		spa->spa_config_txg = txg;
6908 		spa->spa_config_syncing = NULL;
6909 	}
6910 
6911 	dsl_pool_sync_done(dp, txg);
6912 
6913 	mutex_enter(&spa->spa_alloc_lock);
6914 	VERIFY0(avl_numnodes(&spa->spa_alloc_tree));
6915 	mutex_exit(&spa->spa_alloc_lock);
6916 
6917 	/*
6918 	 * Update usable space statistics.
6919 	 */
6920 	while (vd = txg_list_remove(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, TXG_CLEAN(txg)))
6921 		vdev_sync_done(vd, txg);
6922 
6923 	spa_update_dspace(spa);
6924 
6925 	/*
6926 	 * It had better be the case that we didn't dirty anything
6927 	 * since vdev_config_sync().
6928 	 */
6929 	ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_datasets, txg));
6930 	ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&dp->dp_dirty_dirs, txg));
6931 	ASSERT(txg_list_empty(&spa->spa_vdev_txg_list, txg));
6932 
6933 	spa->spa_sync_pass = 0;
6934 
6935 	/*
6936 	 * Update the last synced uberblock here. We want to do this at
6937 	 * the end of spa_sync() so that consumers of spa_last_synced_txg()
6938 	 * will be guaranteed that all the processing associated with
6939 	 * that txg has been completed.
6940 	 */
6941 	spa->spa_ubsync = spa->spa_uberblock;
6942 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_CONFIG, FTAG);
6943 
6944 	spa_handle_ignored_writes(spa);
6945 
6946 	/*
6947 	 * If any async tasks have been requested, kick them off.
6948 	 */
6949 	spa_async_dispatch(spa);
6950 	spa_async_dispatch_vd(spa);
6951 }
6952 
6953 /*
6954  * Sync all pools.  We don't want to hold the namespace lock across these
6955  * operations, so we take a reference on the spa_t and drop the lock during the
6956  * sync.
6957  */
6958 void
spa_sync_allpools(void)6959 spa_sync_allpools(void)
6960 {
6961 	spa_t *spa = NULL;
6962 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6963 	while ((spa = spa_next(spa)) != NULL) {
6964 		if (spa_state(spa) != POOL_STATE_ACTIVE ||
6965 		    !spa_writeable(spa) || spa_suspended(spa))
6966 			continue;
6967 		spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
6968 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6969 		txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa), 0);
6970 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6971 		spa_close(spa, FTAG);
6972 	}
6973 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
6974 }
6975 
6976 /*
6977  * ==========================================================================
6978  * Miscellaneous routines
6979  * ==========================================================================
6980  */
6981 
6982 /*
6983  * Remove all pools in the system.
6984  */
6985 void
spa_evict_all(void)6986 spa_evict_all(void)
6987 {
6988 	spa_t *spa;
6989 
6990 	/*
6991 	 * Remove all cached state.  All pools should be closed now,
6992 	 * so every spa in the AVL tree should be unreferenced.
6993 	 */
6994 	mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
6995 	while ((spa = spa_next(NULL)) != NULL) {
6996 		/*
6997 		 * Stop async tasks.  The async thread may need to detach
6998 		 * a device that's been replaced, which requires grabbing
6999 		 * spa_namespace_lock, so we must drop it here.
7000 		 */
7001 		spa_open_ref(spa, FTAG);
7002 		mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
7003 		spa_async_suspend(spa);
7004 		mutex_enter(&spa_namespace_lock);
7005 		spa_close(spa, FTAG);
7006 
7007 		if (spa->spa_state != POOL_STATE_UNINITIALIZED) {
7008 			spa_unload(spa);
7009 			spa_deactivate(spa);
7010 		}
7011 		spa_remove(spa);
7012 	}
7013 	mutex_exit(&spa_namespace_lock);
7014 }
7015 
7016 vdev_t *
spa_lookup_by_guid(spa_t * spa,uint64_t guid,boolean_t aux)7017 spa_lookup_by_guid(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid, boolean_t aux)
7018 {
7019 	vdev_t *vd;
7020 	int i;
7021 
7022 	if ((vd = vdev_lookup_by_guid(spa->spa_root_vdev, guid)) != NULL)
7023 		return (vd);
7024 
7025 	if (aux) {
7026 		for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_l2cache.sav_count; i++) {
7027 			vd = spa->spa_l2cache.sav_vdevs[i];
7028 			if (vd->vdev_guid == guid)
7029 				return (vd);
7030 		}
7031 
7032 		for (i = 0; i < spa->spa_spares.sav_count; i++) {
7033 			vd = spa->spa_spares.sav_vdevs[i];
7034 			if (vd->vdev_guid == guid)
7035 				return (vd);
7036 		}
7037 	}
7038 
7039 	return (NULL);
7040 }
7041 
7042 void
spa_upgrade(spa_t * spa,uint64_t version)7043 spa_upgrade(spa_t *spa, uint64_t version)
7044 {
7045 	ASSERT(spa_writeable(spa));
7046 
7047 	spa_config_enter(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG, RW_WRITER);
7048 
7049 	/*
7050 	 * This should only be called for a non-faulted pool, and since a
7051 	 * future version would result in an unopenable pool, this shouldn't be
7052 	 * possible.
7053 	 */
7054 	ASSERT(SPA_VERSION_IS_SUPPORTED(spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version));
7055 	ASSERT3U(version, >=, spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version);
7056 
7057 	spa->spa_uberblock.ub_version = version;
7058 	vdev_config_dirty(spa->spa_root_vdev);
7059 
7060 	spa_config_exit(spa, SCL_ALL, FTAG);
7061 
7062 	txg_wait_synced(spa_get_dsl(spa), 0);
7063 }
7064 
7065 boolean_t
spa_has_spare(spa_t * spa,uint64_t guid)7066 spa_has_spare(spa_t *spa, uint64_t guid)
7067 {
7068 	int i;
7069 	uint64_t spareguid;
7070 	spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_spares;
7071 
7072 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++)
7073 		if (sav->sav_vdevs[i]->vdev_guid == guid)
7074 			return (B_TRUE);
7075 
7076 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_npending; i++) {
7077 		if (nvlist_lookup_uint64(sav->sav_pending[i], ZPOOL_CONFIG_GUID,
7078 		    &spareguid) == 0 && spareguid == guid)
7079 			return (B_TRUE);
7080 	}
7081 
7082 	return (B_FALSE);
7083 }
7084 
7085 /*
7086  * Check if a pool has an active shared spare device.
7087  * Note: reference count of an active spare is 2, as a spare and as a replace
7088  */
7089 static boolean_t
spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t * spa)7090 spa_has_active_shared_spare(spa_t *spa)
7091 {
7092 	int i, refcnt;
7093 	uint64_t pool;
7094 	spa_aux_vdev_t *sav = &spa->spa_spares;
7095 
7096 	for (i = 0; i < sav->sav_count; i++) {
7097 		if (spa_spare_exists(sav->sav_vdevs[i]->vdev_guid, &pool,
7098 		    &refcnt) && pool != 0ULL && pool == spa_guid(spa) &&
7099 		    refcnt > 2)
7100 			return (B_TRUE);
7101 	}
7102 
7103 	return (B_FALSE);
7104 }
7105 
7106 static sysevent_t *
spa_event_create(spa_t * spa,vdev_t * vd,const char * name)7107 spa_event_create(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd, const char *name)
7108 {
7109 	sysevent_t		*ev = NULL;
7110 #ifdef _KERNEL
7111 	sysevent_attr_list_t	*attr = NULL;
7112 	sysevent_value_t	value;
7113 
7114 	ev = sysevent_alloc(EC_ZFS, (char *)name, SUNW_KERN_PUB "zfs",
7115 	    SE_SLEEP);
7116 	ASSERT(ev != NULL);
7117 
7118 	value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_STRING;
7119 	value.value.sv_string = spa_name(spa);
7120 	if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_POOL_NAME, &value, SE_SLEEP) != 0)
7121 		goto done;
7122 
7123 	value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_UINT64;
7124 	value.value.sv_uint64 = spa_guid(spa);
7125 	if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_POOL_GUID, &value, SE_SLEEP) != 0)
7126 		goto done;
7127 
7128 	if (vd) {
7129 		value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_UINT64;
7130 		value.value.sv_uint64 = vd->vdev_guid;
7131 		if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_VDEV_GUID, &value,
7132 		    SE_SLEEP) != 0)
7133 			goto done;
7134 
7135 		if (vd->vdev_path) {
7136 			value.value_type = SE_DATA_TYPE_STRING;
7137 			value.value.sv_string = vd->vdev_path;
7138 			if (sysevent_add_attr(&attr, ZFS_EV_VDEV_PATH,
7139 			    &value, SE_SLEEP) != 0)
7140 				goto done;
7141 		}
7142 	}
7143 
7144 	if (sysevent_attach_attributes(ev, attr) != 0)
7145 		goto done;
7146 	attr = NULL;
7147 
7148 done:
7149 	if (attr)
7150 		sysevent_free_attr(attr);
7151 
7152 #endif
7153 	return (ev);
7154 }
7155 
7156 static void
spa_event_post(sysevent_t * ev)7157 spa_event_post(sysevent_t *ev)
7158 {
7159 #ifdef _KERNEL
7160 	sysevent_id_t		eid;
7161 
7162 	(void) log_sysevent(ev, SE_SLEEP, &eid);
7163 	sysevent_free(ev);
7164 #endif
7165 }
7166 
7167 /*
7168  * Post a sysevent corresponding to the given event.  The 'name' must be one of
7169  * the event definitions in sys/sysevent/eventdefs.h.  The payload will be
7170  * filled in from the spa and (optionally) the vdev.  This doesn't do anything
7171  * in the userland libzpool, as we don't want consumers to misinterpret ztest
7172  * or zdb as real changes.
7173  */
7174 void
spa_event_notify(spa_t * spa,vdev_t * vd,const char * name)7175 spa_event_notify(spa_t *spa, vdev_t *vd, const char *name)
7176 {
7177 	spa_event_post(spa_event_create(spa, vd, name));
7178 }
7179